TW202136917A - Treatment solution, pattern-forming method - Google Patents
Treatment solution, pattern-forming method Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW202136917A TW202136917A TW110104871A TW110104871A TW202136917A TW 202136917 A TW202136917 A TW 202136917A TW 110104871 A TW110104871 A TW 110104871A TW 110104871 A TW110104871 A TW 110104871A TW 202136917 A TW202136917 A TW 202136917A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- group
- solvent
- organic solvent
- atom
- preferable
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/038—Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/039—Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/20—Exposure; Apparatus therefor
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/26—Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/30—Imagewise removal using liquid means
- G03F7/32—Liquid compositions therefor, e.g. developers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/027—Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
- Power Engineering (AREA)
- Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
- Exposure Of Semiconductors, Excluding Electron Or Ion Beam Exposure (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本發明係有關一種阻劑膜圖案化用處理液及圖案形成方法。 更詳細而言,本發明係有關一種用於IC(Integrated Circuit、積體電路)等半導體製造製程、液晶及熱能頭等的電路基板的製造以及其他感光蝕刻加工的微影製程等中之處理液及圖案形成方法。The present invention relates to a treatment liquid for patterning resist film and a pattern forming method. In more detail, the present invention relates to a processing liquid used in semiconductor manufacturing processes such as IC (Integrated Circuit), circuit substrates such as liquid crystals and thermal heads, and other photolithographic processes in photosensitive etching processing. And pattern forming method.
以往,在IC及LSI(Large Scale Integrated ircuit、大規模積體電路)等半導體元件的製造製程中,藉由使用光阻組成物之微影來進行微細加工。近年來,隨著積體電路的高積體化,要求形成次微米區域及四分之一微米區域的超微細圖案。隨此,曝光波長亦呈現如從g射線到i射線,進一步到KrF準分子雷射光這樣短波長化的傾向。進而,當前除了準分子雷射光以外,使用了電子束、X射線或EUV光(Extreme Ultra Violet,極紫外線)之微影亦正在進行開發。
在這種微影中,藉由感光化射線或感放射線性組成物(亦被稱為阻劑組成物)形成膜(阻劑膜)之後,藉由顯影液將所獲得之膜進行顯影或利用沖洗液對顯影後的膜進行洗淨之處理。
例如,在專利文獻1中,揭示了包含具有規定的SP值之2個以上的有機溶劑之沖洗液。In the past, in the manufacturing process of semiconductor components such as IC and LSI (Large Scale Integrated Circuit), microfabrication was performed by using photoresist composition lithography. In recent years, with the increasing integration of integrated circuits, it is required to form ultra-fine patterns in the sub-micron area and the quarter-micron area. Along with this, the exposure wavelength also shows a tendency to shorten the wavelength, such as from g-ray to i-ray, and further to KrF excimer laser light. Furthermore, in addition to excimer laser light, lithography using electron beam, X-ray or EUV light (Extreme Ultra Violet) is also being developed.
In this kind of lithography, after forming a film (resist film) by sensitizing rays or a radiation-sensitive composition (also called a resist composition), the obtained film is developed or used by a developer The rinsing solution cleans the developed film.
For example,
[專利文獻1]日本特開2018-081306號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-081306
近年來,隨著積體電路的高積體化,要求使用阻劑組成物來形成微細圖案(高解析度圖案)。在這種微細圖案的形成過程中,伴隨微細化而圖案彼此的距離變窄,藉此存在產生強大的毛細管力且不易形成優質圖案的問題。以下,解析性優異表示能夠形成優質圖案。 而且,由於圖案的膜厚亦趨向於隨著微細化而變薄,因此比從前更顯著地要求消除由顯影處理及沖洗處理時的“圖案的薄膜化”引起之圖案的性能降低。亦即,要求能夠同時消除圖案崩塌和圖案的薄膜化的產生之處理液(顯影液和/或沖洗液)。In recent years, with the increasing integration of integrated circuits, it is required to use resist compositions to form fine patterns (high-resolution patterns). In the process of forming such a fine pattern, the distance between the patterns becomes narrow along with the miniaturization, thereby generating a strong capillary force and there is a problem that it is difficult to form a high-quality pattern. Hereinafter, excellent resolution means that a high-quality pattern can be formed. Furthermore, since the film thickness of the pattern also tends to become thinner with the miniaturization, it is more remarkably required than before to eliminate the reduction in the performance of the pattern caused by the "thinning of the pattern" during the development process and the rinsing process. That is, there is a demand for a treatment solution (developer and/or rinse solution) that can simultaneously eliminate pattern collapse and pattern thinning.
又,在應用了處理液時,還要求能夠抑制所獲得之圖案上的殘渣。In addition, when the treatment liquid is applied, it is also required to be able to suppress residues on the obtained pattern.
本發明人等發現,在使用了專利文獻1中具體地揭示之處理液(乙酸丁酯及二異丁基酮的混合溶劑)時,無法獲得所希望的效果。The inventors of the present invention found that when the treatment liquid (mixed solvent of butyl acetate and diisobutyl ketone) specifically disclosed in
本發明係鑑於以上幾點而完成者,其課題在於提供一種處理液,當前述處理液使用於阻劑膜的顯影和洗淨(沖洗)中的至少1種處理時,解析性和薄膜化抑制性優異且殘渣抑制性亦優異。 又,本發明的課題還在於提供一種有關上述處理液之圖案形成方法。The present invention was made in view of the above points, and its subject is to provide a treatment solution that, when the treatment solution is used in at least one of the development and cleaning (rinsing) of the resist film, the resolution and the suppression of thinning It has excellent performance and residue inhibition. In addition, the subject of the present invention is to provide a pattern forming method related to the above-mentioned treatment liquid.
本發明人對上述課題進行深入研究之結果,發現藉由下述構成能夠解決上述課題,並完成了本發明。As a result of intensive research on the above-mentioned problems, the inventors found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by the following configuration, and completed the present invention.
(1)一種處理液,其係用於對由感光化射線或感放射線性組成物獲得之阻劑膜進行曝光後的顯影及洗淨中的至少1種處理之阻劑膜圖案化用處理液,前述處理液包含: 第一有機溶劑;及第二有機溶劑, 第一有機溶劑包含選自包括碳數8~10的酮系溶劑、除了乙酸酯以外的碳數8~10的酯系溶劑及碳數8~10的芳香族烴系溶劑之群組中的至少1種, 第二有機溶劑包含選自包括碳數5~7的酮系溶劑及除了乙酸酯以外的碳數5~7的酯系溶劑之群組中的至少1種。 (2)如(1)所述之處理液,其中,第一有機溶劑選自包括2,5-二甲基-3-己酮、2-甲基-3-庚酮、5-甲基-3-庚酮、二異丁基酮、2,2,4,4-四甲基-3-戊酮、碳酸二丁酯、甲酸庚酯、甲酸2-乙基己酯、丙酸異戊酯、丙酸己酯、丁酸丁酯、丁酸異丁酯、異丁酸丁酯、己酸乙酯、己酸丙酯、己酸異丙酯、己酸丁酯、己酸異丁酯、3,3-二甲基丁烷乙酯、均三甲苯、異丙苯、偏三甲苯、1,2,4,5-四甲基苯及對異丙基甲苯之群組中的至少1種。 (3)如(1)或(2)所述之處理液,其中,第二有機溶劑包含選自包括3-甲基-2-丁酮、3,3-二甲基-2-丁酮、2-甲基-3-戊酮、3-甲基-2-戊酮、4-甲基-2-戊酮、二異丙基酮、2-甲基-3-己酮、5-甲基-2-己酮、甲酸戊酯、甲酸異戊酯、甲酸第三戊酯、甲酸己酯、丙酸異丙酯、丙酸異丁酯、異丁酸乙酯、碳酸二乙酯及碳酸二丙酯之群組中的至少1種。 (4)如(1)至(3)之任一項所述之處理液,其中,第一有機溶劑及第二有機溶劑滿足式(1)的關係。 式(1):5.0℃<bp1-bp2<100.0℃ bp1:第一有機溶劑的沸點 bp2:第二有機溶劑的沸點 (5)如(1)至(4)之任一項所述之處理液,其中,第一有機溶劑及第二有機溶劑中的至少一者具有支鏈狀烷基。 (6)如(1)至(5)之任一項所述之處理液,其中,第一有機溶劑及第二有機溶劑這兩者均具有支鏈狀烷基。 (7)如(1)至(6)之任一項所述之處理液,其中,感光化射線或感放射線性組成物包含具有羥基苯乙烯系重複單元之樹脂。 (8)一種圖案形成方法,其係具備: 使用感光化射線或感放射線性組成物來形成阻劑膜之阻劑膜形成製程; 對阻劑膜進行曝光之曝光製程;及 藉由(1)至(7)之任一項所述之處理液對經過曝光之阻劑膜進行處理之處理製程。 (9)一種圖案形成方法,其係具備: 使用感光化射線或感放射線性組成物來形成阻劑膜之阻劑膜形成製程; 對阻劑膜進行曝光之曝光製程;及 對經過曝光之阻劑膜進行處理之處理製程,前述圖案形成方法中, 處理製程具備: 藉由顯影液進行顯影之顯影製程;及 藉由沖洗液進行洗淨之沖洗製程, 沖洗液係(1)至(7)之任一項所述之處理液。 [發明效果](1) A treatment liquid used for at least one of the development and cleaning of a resist film obtained from a sensitizing ray or a radiation-sensitive composition for patterning a resist film , The aforementioned treatment liquid contains: The first organic solvent; and the second organic solvent, The first organic solvent includes one selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents having 8 to 10 carbons, ester solvents having 8 to 10 carbons other than acetate, and aromatic hydrocarbon solvents having 8 to 10 carbons At least one, The second organic solvent includes at least one selected from the group consisting of a ketone solvent having 5 to 7 carbon atoms and an ester solvent having 5 to 7 carbon atoms other than acetate. (2) The treatment liquid according to (1), wherein the first organic solvent is selected from the group consisting of 2,5-dimethyl-3-hexanone, 2-methyl-3-heptanone, 5-methyl- 3-heptanone, diisobutyl ketone, 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-3-pentanone, dibutyl carbonate, heptyl formate, 2-ethylhexyl formate, isoamyl propionate , Hexyl propionate, butyl butyrate, isobutyl butyrate, butyl isobutyrate, ethyl caproate, propyl caproate, isopropyl caproate, butyl caproate, isobutyl caproate, At least one of the groups of 3,3-dimethylbutane ethyl ester, mesitylene, cumene, 1,2,4,5-tetramethylbenzene and p-cymene . (3) The treatment liquid as described in (1) or (2), wherein the second organic solvent contains selected from the group consisting of 3-methyl-2-butanone, 3,3-dimethyl-2-butanone, 2-methyl-3-pentanone, 3-methyl-2-pentanone, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, diisopropyl ketone, 2-methyl-3-hexanone, 5-methyl -2-hexanone, pentyl formate, isoamyl formate, tertiary amyl formate, hexyl formate, isopropyl propionate, isobutyl propionate, ethyl isobutyrate, diethyl carbonate and dicarbonate At least one of the group of propyl esters. (4) The treatment liquid according to any one of (1) to (3), wherein the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent satisfy the relationship of formula (1). Formula (1): 5.0℃<bp1-bp2<100.0℃ bp1: the boiling point of the first organic solvent bp2: the boiling point of the second organic solvent (5) The treatment liquid according to any one of (1) to (4), wherein at least one of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent has a branched alkyl group. (6) The treatment liquid according to any one of (1) to (5), wherein both of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent have a branched alkyl group. (7) The treatment liquid according to any one of (1) to (6), wherein the sensitizing radiation or the radiation-sensitive composition contains a resin having a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit. (8) A pattern forming method, which has: The resist film forming process of using sensitizing rays or radiation-sensitive composition to form resist film; Exposure process for exposing the resist film; and A treatment process for treating the exposed resist film with the treatment liquid described in any one of (1) to (7). (9) A pattern forming method, which has: The resist film forming process of using sensitizing rays or radiation-sensitive composition to form resist film; Exposure process for exposing the resist film; and The process of processing the exposed resist film. In the aforementioned pattern forming method, The processing process has: The developing process of developing with a developing solution; and The washing process of washing with washing liquid, The rinse liquid is the treatment liquid described in any one of (1) to (7). [Effects of the invention]
依本發明能夠提供一種處理液,當前述處理液使用於阻劑膜的顯影和洗淨(沖洗)中的至少1種處理時,解析性和薄膜化抑制性優異且殘渣抑制性亦優異。又,依據本發明,能夠提供一種有關上述處理液之圖案形成方法。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a treatment liquid which, when the above treatment liquid is used for at least one of the development and cleaning (rinsing) of the resist film, has excellent resolution and thinning inhibition and also excellent residue inhibition. Furthermore, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a pattern forming method related to the above-mentioned treatment liquid.
以下,對本發明進行詳細說明。 以下所記載之構成要件的說明,有時基於本發明的代表性實施態樣而完成,但本發明並不限定於這種實施態樣。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. The description of the constituent elements described below may be completed based on representative embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
本說明書中的基團(原子團)的標記中,只要不違背本發明的宗旨,則未標有經取代及未經取代之標記亦包含不具有取代基之基團和具有取代基之基團。例如,“烷基”不僅包含不具有取代基之烷基(未經取代之烷基),亦包含具有取代基之烷基(經取代之烷基)。又,本說明書中的“有機基”是指包含至少1個碳原子之基團。In the label of the group (atomic group) in this specification, as long as it does not violate the purpose of the present invention, the label not labeled with substituted and unsubstituted also includes groups without substituents and groups with substituents. For example, "alkyl" includes not only unsubstituted alkyl (unsubstituted alkyl) but also substituted alkyl (substituted alkyl). In addition, the "organic group" in this specification means a group containing at least one carbon atom.
本說明書中的“光化射線”或“放射線”表示,例如,水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光:Extreme Ultraviolet)、X射線及電子束(EB:Electron Beam)等。本說明書中的“光”表示光化射線或放射線。The "actinic rays" or "radiation rays" in this specification means, for example, the bright line spectrum of mercury lamps, extreme ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-rays and electron beams ( EB: Electron Beam) and so on. "Light" in this specification means actinic rays or radiation.
本說明書中的“曝光”,除非另有說明,否則不僅包含利用水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線、X射線及EUV光等進行之曝光,還包含利用電子束及離子束等粒子束進行之描繪。Unless otherwise specified, the "exposure" in this manual includes not only exposure using the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, extreme ultraviolet, extreme ultraviolet, X-ray and EUV light represented by excimer lasers, but also Delineation performed by particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams.
本說明書中,“~”以將記載於其前後之數值作為下限值及上限值而包含之含義來使用。In this specification, "~" is used in the meaning including the numerical value described before and after it as a lower limit and an upper limit.
除非另有說明,否則本說明書中標記之2價的基團的鍵結方向不受限制。例如,呈“X-Y-Z”之通式所表示之化合物中的Y為-COO-時,Y可以係-CO-O-,亦可以係-O-CO-。又,上述化合物可以係“X-CO-O-Z”,亦可以係“X-O-CO-Z”。Unless otherwise specified, the bonding direction of the divalent groups marked in this specification is not limited. For example, when Y in the compound represented by the general formula "X-Y-Z" is -COO-, Y may be -CO-O- or -O-CO-. In addition, the above-mentioned compound may be "X-CO-O-Z" or "X-O-CO-Z".
本說明書中,(甲基)丙烯酸酯表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯,(甲基)丙烯酸((meth)acryl)表示丙烯酸(acryl)及甲基丙烯酸(methacryl)。In this specification, (meth)acrylate means acrylate and methacrylate, and (meth)acryl means acryl and methacryl.
本說明書中,作為鹵素原子,例如,可以舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子。In this specification, as a halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom are mentioned, for example.
本說明書中,樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)、數量平均分子量(Mn)及分散度(以下,亦稱為“分子量分布”。)(Mw/Mn)被定義為是基於GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography:凝膠滲透層析術)裝置(TOSOH CORPORATION製HLC-8120GPC)的GPC測定(溶劑:四氫呋喃;流量(樣品注入量):10μL;管柱:TOSOH CORPORATION製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M;管柱溫度:40℃;流速:1.0mL/分鐘;檢測器:示差折射率檢測器(Refractive Index Detector))之聚苯乙烯換算值。In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn) and degree of dispersion (hereinafter, also referred to as "molecular weight distribution") of the resin (Mw/Mn) are defined as based on GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography: GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran; flow rate (sample injection volume): 10μL; column: TSK gel Multipore HXL-M manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION; column temperature: 40℃; Flow rate: 1.0mL/min; Detector: Refractive Index Detector (Refractive Index Detector) conversion value of polystyrene.
本說明書中,沸點表示1個大氣壓下的沸點。In this specification, the boiling point means the boiling point at 1 atmosphere.
本說明書中,有機溶劑表示在25℃下為液態的有機化合物。 處理液中所包含之有機化合物的種類及含量等例如由DI-MS(直接進樣質量層析法:Direct injection mass Chromatography)來測定。In this specification, an organic solvent means an organic compound that is liquid at 25°C. The type and content of the organic compound contained in the treatment solution are measured by DI-MS (Direct Injection Mass Chromatography), for example.
[處理液] 本發明的處理液為用於對由感光化射線或感放射線性組成物(以下,亦稱為“阻劑組成物”。)獲得之阻劑膜進行顯影和洗淨中的至少1種處理之阻劑膜圖案化用處理液。作為本發明的處理液的特徵點,可以舉出包含規定的第一有機溶劑及規定的第二有機溶劑。[Treatment liquid] The treatment liquid of the present invention is used for at least one of developing and cleaning a resist film obtained from a sensitizing radiation or a radiation-sensitive composition (hereinafter, also referred to as "resist composition"). Treatment liquid for resist film patterning. As a characteristic point of the processing liquid of the present invention, it can be exemplified that it contains a predetermined first organic solvent and a predetermined second organic solvent.
對阻劑膜進行曝光和顯影等處理來形成圖案時,在圖案上可能產生殘渣。為了降低這種圖案上的殘渣的產生和/或殘留,作為處理液(顯影液和/或沖洗液)而使用極性高的有機溶劑是有效果的。然而,另一方面,高極性的有機溶劑有時亦會溶解圖案本身而引起圖案的薄膜化。又,該種高極性的有機溶劑在單獨存在時多數情況下揮發性低,尤其,可能成為使緻密圖案中的解析性劣化(例如,產生緻密圖案中的圖案崩塌)之主要原因。 本發明人等基於上述發現進行進一步研究之結果發現,藉由包含規定的第一有機溶劑及規定的第二有機溶劑之處理液形成之圖案,殘渣的產生和/或殘留及薄膜化得到同時抑制,並且亦能夠提高解析性。 認為規定的第一有機溶劑使圖案溶解或潤脹之作用得到抑制,主要有助於改善由圖案的溶解抑制引起之薄膜化的抑制性及解析性。認為規定的第二有機溶劑主要有助於提高殘渣抑制性。When the resist film is exposed and developed to form a pattern, residues may be generated on the pattern. In order to reduce the generation and/or residue of residues on such patterns, it is effective to use a highly polar organic solvent as a processing liquid (developer and/or rinse liquid). However, on the other hand, high-polarity organic solvents sometimes dissolve the pattern itself and cause the pattern to become thinner. In addition, this kind of high-polarity organic solvent has low volatility in many cases when it exists alone. In particular, it may become a main cause of deterioration of resolution in dense patterns (for example, pattern collapse in dense patterns). The inventors of the present invention conducted further studies based on the above findings and found that by forming a pattern formed by a treatment solution containing a prescribed first organic solvent and a prescribed second organic solvent, the generation and/or residue and thinning of residues are simultaneously suppressed , And can also improve resolution. It is considered that the prescribed first organic solvent suppresses the dissolution or swelling of the pattern and mainly contributes to the improvement of the suppression and resolution of thinning caused by the suppression of the dissolution of the pattern. It is considered that the prescribed second organic solvent mainly contributes to the improvement of residue inhibitory properties.
本發明人等認為藉由使用了EUV光之曝光來形成圖案時,使用本發明的處理液之意義特別重大。 由於EUV光(波長13.5nm)的波長相較於ArF準分子雷射光(波長193nm)等為短波長,因此在阻劑膜的曝光中,存在入射光子數量少之特徵。因此,EUV曝光時產生之酸的阻劑膜中的密度相較於進行ArF曝光時,容易成為低密度。作為對此進行補償之方法,在應用EUV曝光之阻劑膜相較於應用了ArF曝光之阻劑膜,存在光酸產生劑的含量增加之傾向。其結果,藉由EUV曝光來形成圖案時,來自於光酸產生劑之阻劑膜的局部溶解性降低,並且容易產生殘渣。因此,藉由應用還包含有能夠提高殘渣抑制性之第二有機溶劑之本發明的處理液,即使藉由EUV曝光來形成圖案時,亦容易獲得殘渣的存在量得到抑制之圖案。The inventors of the present invention believe that when a pattern is formed by exposure using EUV light, the use of the treatment liquid of the present invention is particularly significant. Since the wavelength of EUV light (wavelength 13.5nm) is shorter than that of ArF excimer laser light (wavelength 193nm), etc., in the exposure of the resist film, there is a feature that the number of incident photons is small. Therefore, the density in the resist film of the acid generated during EUV exposure tends to be lower than that during ArF exposure. As a method to compensate for this, the resist film applied with EUV exposure has a tendency to increase the content of the photoacid generator compared with the resist film applied with ArF exposure. As a result, when the pattern is formed by EUV exposure, the local solubility of the resist film derived from the photoacid generator is reduced, and residues are likely to be generated. Therefore, by applying the treatment liquid of the present invention that further contains the second organic solvent capable of improving the residue inhibitory property, even when the pattern is formed by EUV exposure, it is easy to obtain a pattern in which the amount of residue is suppressed.
又,在上述處理液中,作為第二有機溶劑,選擇比第一有機溶劑的沸點低之有機溶劑為較佳,例如,第一有機溶劑與第二有機溶劑滿足後述式(1)的關係為更佳。 第二有機溶劑的沸點比第一有機溶劑低時,在基於處理液的處理(例如,沖洗處理)之後進行乾燥時,第二有機溶劑優先揮發,並且所形成之圖案上的第一有機溶劑的濃度增加。其結果,基於第一有機溶劑的效果獲得最大限度地發揮,尤其緻密圖案中的圖案崩塌的抑制效果變得更加顯著。 以下,亦將解析性、薄膜化抑制性及殘渣抑制性中的至少1種以上優異稱為本發明的效果優異。In addition, in the above-mentioned treatment liquid, as the second organic solvent, it is preferable to select an organic solvent with a lower boiling point than the first organic solvent. For example, the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent satisfy the following formula (1): Better. When the boiling point of the second organic solvent is lower than that of the first organic solvent, the second organic solvent volatilizes preferentially when the treatment (for example, rinsing treatment) based on the treatment liquid is followed by drying, and the first organic solvent on the pattern formed The concentration increases. As a result, the effect of the first organic solvent is maximized, and in particular, the effect of suppressing pattern collapse in the dense pattern becomes more remarkable. Hereinafter, it is also referred to as the excellent effect of the present invention that at least one or more of the resolving properties, the thinning inhibitory properties, and the residue inhibitory properties are excellent.
關於本發明的處理液中所包含之第一有機溶劑及第二有機溶劑,在以下進行詳細敘述。The first organic solvent and the second organic solvent contained in the treatment liquid of the present invention will be described in detail below.
〔第一有機溶劑〕 本發明的處理液包含規定的第一有機溶劑。 第一有機溶劑係包含選自包括碳數8~10的酮系溶劑、除了乙酸酯以外的碳數8~10的酯系溶劑及碳數8~10的芳香族烴系溶劑之群組中的至少1種之溶劑。〔The first organic solvent〕 The treatment liquid of the present invention contains a predetermined first organic solvent. The first organic solvent is selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents having 8 to 10 carbons, ester solvents having 8 to 10 carbons other than acetate, and aromatic hydrocarbon solvents having 8 to 10 carbons At least 1 kind of solvent.
<碳數8~10的酮系溶劑(以下,亦稱為“第一酮系溶劑”。)> 作為第一有機溶劑之第一酮系溶劑的碳數為8~10,從解析性、薄膜化抑制性及殘渣抑制性中的至少1種更優質之觀點(以下,亦簡稱為“本發明的效果更優異之觀點”。)考慮,9~10為較佳。<A ketone solvent having 8 to 10 carbon atoms (hereinafter, also referred to as "the first ketone solvent")> As the first organic solvent, the first ketone-based solvent has a carbon number of 8 to 10, and from the viewpoint that at least one of resolution, thinning inhibition, and residue inhibition is better (hereinafter, also referred to simply as "the present invention The point of view that the effect is more excellent".) Considering that 9-10 is preferable.
作為第一酮系溶劑,例如,可以舉出2,5-二甲基-3-己酮、2-甲基-3-庚酮、5-甲基-3-庚酮、二異丁基酮及、2,2,4,4-四甲基-3-戊酮。 其中,從本發明的效果更優異之觀點考慮,作為第一酮系溶劑,2-甲基-3-庚酮、5-甲基-3-庚酮或二異丁基酮為較佳,二異丁基酮為更佳。Examples of the first ketone solvent include 2,5-dimethyl-3-hexanone, 2-methyl-3-heptanone, 5-methyl-3-heptanone, and diisobutyl ketone. And, 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-3-pentanone. Among them, from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, as the first ketone solvent, 2-methyl-3-heptanone, 5-methyl-3-heptanone or diisobutyl ketone is preferable, and the second Isobutyl ketone is more preferable.
第一酮系溶劑可以具有直鏈狀構造、支鏈狀構造或環狀構造。 第一酮系溶劑例如可以具有直鏈狀烷基或支鏈狀烷基。其中,從本發明的效果更優異之觀點考慮,第一酮系溶劑具有支鏈狀烷基為較佳。 另一方面,從揮發性和/或溶解性的觀點考慮,第一酮系溶劑在分子內具有之氧原子的數為1為較佳。又,第一酮系溶劑僅由烷基及羰基鍵構成為較佳。此外,第一酮系溶劑不具有芳香環基、烷氧基羰基、氧代基、胺基和/或胺甲醯基為較佳。 第一酮系溶劑具有雜原子(例如,氧原子、氮原子、硫原子及鹵素原子等)時,作為雜原子,僅為氧原子為較佳。The first ketone-based solvent may have a linear structure, a branched structure, or a cyclic structure. The first ketone-based solvent may have, for example, a linear alkyl group or a branched alkyl group. Among them, from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, it is preferable that the first ketone-based solvent has a branched alkyl group. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of volatility and/or solubility, the number of oxygen atoms in the molecule of the first ketone-based solvent is preferably one. In addition, the first ketone-based solvent is preferably composed only of an alkyl group and a carbonyl bond. In addition, it is preferable that the first ketone-based solvent does not have an aromatic ring group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an oxo group, an amine group, and/or a carbamoyl group. When the first ketone-based solvent has a hetero atom (for example, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a halogen atom, etc.), as the hetero atom, only an oxygen atom is preferred.
第一酮系溶劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。The first ketone solvent may be used singly, or two or more kinds may be used.
<除了乙酸酯以外的碳數8~10的酯系溶劑(以下,亦稱為“第一酯系溶劑”。)> 作為第一有機溶劑的第一酯系溶劑係除了乙酸酯以外的碳數8~10的酯系溶劑。其中,從本發明的效果更優異之觀點考慮,第一酯系溶劑的碳數為9~10為較佳。 另外,在本說明書中,炭酸酯系溶劑亦包含於酯系溶劑的範圍。 又,乙酸酯表示由乙酸及醇生成之酯,例如,可以舉出乙酸丁酯等。上述第一酯系溶劑中不包含乙酸酯。<Ester solvents with 8 to 10 carbon atoms other than acetate (hereinafter, also referred to as "first ester solvents")> The first ester-based solvent as the first organic solvent is an ester-based solvent having 8 to 10 carbon atoms other than acetate. Among them, from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, the carbon number of the first ester-based solvent is preferably 9-10. In addition, in this specification, carbonate-based solvents are also included in the scope of ester-based solvents. In addition, acetate means an ester formed from acetic acid and alcohol, for example, butyl acetate etc. can be mentioned. The first ester-based solvent does not include acetate.
關於第一酯系溶劑,例如,可以舉出碳酸二丁酯、甲酸庚酯、甲酸2-乙基己酯、丙酸異戊酯、丙酸己酯、丁酸丁酯、丁酸異丁酯、異丁酸丁酯、異丁酸異丁酯、己酸乙酯、己酸丙酯、己酸異丙酯、己酸丁酯、己酸異丁酯及3,3-二甲基丁烷乙酯。
其中,從本發明的效果更優異之觀點考慮,作為第一酯系溶劑,碳酸二丁酯、甲酸2-乙基己酯、丙酸異戊酯、丁酸異丁酯、異丁酸丁酯、異丁酸異丁酯、己酸乙酯、己酸丁酯、己酸異丙酯、己酸異丁酯或3,3-二甲基丁烷乙酯為較佳,甲酸2-乙基己酯、丙酸異戊酯、己酸異丙酯、己酸異丁酯或3,3-二甲基丁烷乙酯為更佳。Regarding the first ester-based solvent, for example, dibutyl carbonate, heptyl formate, 2-ethylhexyl formate, isoamyl propionate, hexyl propionate, butyl butyrate, and isobutyl butyrate can be cited. , Butyl isobutyrate, isobutyl isobutyrate, ethyl caproate, propyl caproate, isopropyl caproate, butyl caproate, isobutyl caproate and 3,3-dimethylbutane Ethyl ester.
Among them, from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, as the first ester solvent, dibutyl carbonate, 2-ethylhexyl formate, isoamyl propionate, isobutyl butyrate, butyl isobutyrate , Isobutyl isobutyrate, ethyl caproate, butyl caproate, isopropyl caproate, isobutyl caproate or 3,3-dimethylbutane ethyl ester is preferred, 2-ethyl formate Hexyl ester, isoamyl propionate, isopropyl caproate, isobutyl caproate or
第一酯系溶劑以具有直鏈狀構造、支鏈狀構造或環狀構造。 第一酯系溶劑例如可以具有直鏈狀烷基及支鏈狀烷基。其中,從本發明的效果更優異之觀點考慮,第一酯系溶劑具有支鏈狀烷基為較佳。 另一方面,從揮發性和/或溶解性的觀點考慮,第一酯系溶劑在分子內具有之氧原子的數為2~3為較佳,2為更佳。 又,第一酯系溶劑僅由烷基、酯鍵及能夠與酯鍵中的羰基碳鍵結之氫原子構成為較佳。此外,第一酯系溶劑不具有芳香環基、氧代基、胺基和/或胺甲醯基為較佳。 第一酯系溶劑具有雜原子(例如,氧原子、氮原子、硫原子及鹵素原子等)時,作為雜原子,僅為氧原子為較佳。The first ester-based solvent has a linear structure, a branched structure, or a cyclic structure. The first ester-based solvent may have, for example, a linear alkyl group and a branched alkyl group. Among them, from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, it is preferable that the first ester-based solvent has a branched alkyl group. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of volatility and/or solubility, the number of oxygen atoms in the molecule of the first ester-based solvent is preferably 2 to 3, and 2 is more preferable. In addition, the first ester-based solvent is preferably composed only of an alkyl group, an ester bond, and a hydrogen atom capable of bonding to the carbonyl carbon in the ester bond. In addition, it is preferable that the first ester-based solvent does not have an aromatic ring group, an oxo group, an amino group, and/or a carbamoyl group. When the first ester-based solvent has a hetero atom (for example, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a halogen atom, etc.), only an oxygen atom is preferred as the hetero atom.
第一酯系溶劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。The first ester-based solvent may be used singly, or two or more kinds may be used.
<碳數8~10的芳香族烴系溶劑(以下,亦稱為“第一芳香族烴系溶劑”。)> 作為第一有機溶劑的第一芳香族烴系溶劑的碳數為8~10,從本發明的效果更優異之觀點考慮,9~10為較佳。 另外,芳香族烴系溶劑係指,具有芳香環結構之烴系溶劑。芳香族烴系溶劑只要具有芳香環構造即可,亦可以具有脂肪族烴基。<Aromatic hydrocarbon solvent with 8 to 10 carbon atoms (hereinafter, also referred to as "first aromatic hydrocarbon solvent")> The carbon number of the first aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvent as the first organic solvent is 8 to 10, and from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, 9 to 10 are preferable. In addition, the aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvent refers to a hydrocarbon-based solvent having an aromatic ring structure. The aromatic hydrocarbon solvent only needs to have an aromatic ring structure, and may have an aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
作為第一芳香族烴系溶劑,例如,可以舉出均三甲苯、異丙苯、偏三甲苯、1,2,4,5-四甲基苯及對異丙基甲苯。 其中,從本發明的效果更優異之觀點考慮,作為第一芳香族烴系溶劑,均三甲苯、異丙苯或對異丙基甲苯為較佳,均三甲苯為更佳。Examples of the first aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvent include mesitylene, cumene, trimethylbenzene, 1,2,4,5-tetramethylbenzene, and p-cymene. Among them, from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, as the first aromatic hydrocarbon solvent, mesitylene, cumene, or p-cymene is preferable, and mesitylene is more preferable.
從本發明的效果更優異之觀點考慮,第一芳香族烴系溶劑具有直鏈狀烷基或支鏈狀烷基為較佳。 另一方面,從揮發性和/或溶解性之觀點考慮,第一芳香族烴系溶劑僅由芳香族環及直鏈狀烷基或支鏈狀烷基構成為較佳。From the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, it is preferable that the first aromatic hydrocarbon solvent has a linear alkyl group or a branched alkyl group. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of volatility and/or solubility, the first aromatic hydrocarbon solvent is preferably composed of only an aromatic ring and a linear or branched alkyl group.
第一芳香族烴系溶劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。The first aromatic hydrocarbon solvent may be used singly, or two or more kinds may be used.
從本發明的效果更優異之觀點考慮,第一有機溶劑為二異丁基酮、己酸異丙酯或均三甲苯為較佳。 第一有機溶劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 第一有機溶劑的含量相對於處理液的總質量為1~90質量%為較佳,3~75質量%為更佳,5~60質量%為進一步較佳。From the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, the first organic solvent is preferably diisobutyl ketone, isopropyl caproate, or mesitylene. The 1st organic solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. The content of the first organic solvent is preferably 1 to 90% by mass relative to the total mass of the treatment liquid, more preferably 3 to 75% by mass, and still more preferably 5 to 60% by mass.
〔第二有機溶劑〕 本發明的處理液包含規定的第二有機溶劑。 第二有機溶劑係包含選自包括碳數5~7的酮系溶劑及除了乙酸酯以外的碳數5~7的酯系溶劑之群組中的至少1種之溶劑。〔Second Organic Solvent〕 The treatment liquid of the present invention contains a predetermined second organic solvent. The second organic solvent includes at least one solvent selected from the group consisting of a ketone solvent having 5 to 7 carbon atoms and an ester solvent having 5 to 7 carbon atoms other than acetate.
<碳數5~7的酮系溶劑(以下,亦稱為“第二酮系溶劑”。)> 作為第二有機溶劑的第二酮系溶劑的碳數為5~7,從本發明的效果更優異之觀點考慮,5~6為較佳。<A ketone solvent having 5 to 7 carbon atoms (hereinafter, also referred to as a "second ketone solvent")> The carbon number of the second ketone-based solvent as the second organic solvent is 5-7, and from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, 5-6 is preferable.
作為第二酮系溶劑,例如,可以舉出3-甲基-2-丁酮、3,3-二甲基-2-丁酮、2-甲基-3-戊酮、3-甲基-2-戊酮、4-甲基-2-戊酮、二異丙基酮、2-甲基-3-己酮及5-甲基-2-己酮。 其中,從本發明的效果更優異之觀點考慮,作為第二酮系溶劑,3-甲基-2-丁酮、2-甲基-3-戊酮、3-甲基-2-戊酮、4-甲基-2-戊酮、二異丙基酮、2-甲基-3-己酮或5-甲基-2-己酮為較佳,二異丙基酮為更佳。As the second ketone solvent, for example, 3-methyl-2-butanone, 3,3-dimethyl-2-butanone, 2-methyl-3-pentanone, 3-methyl- 2-pentanone, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, diisopropyl ketone, 2-methyl-3-hexanone and 5-methyl-2-hexanone. Among them, from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, as the second ketone solvent, 3-methyl-2-butanone, 2-methyl-3-pentanone, 3-methyl-2-pentanone, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, diisopropyl ketone, 2-methyl-3-hexanone or 5-methyl-2-hexanone is preferred, and diisopropyl ketone is more preferred.
第二酮系溶劑可以具有直鏈狀構造、支鏈狀構造或環狀構造。 第二酮系溶劑例如可以具有直鏈狀烷基或支鏈狀烷基。其中,從本發明的效果更優異之觀點考慮,第二酮系溶劑具有支鏈狀烷基為較佳。 另一方面,從揮發性和/或溶解性的觀點考慮,第二酮系溶劑在分子內具有之氧原子的數為1為較佳。又,第二酮系溶劑僅由烷基及羰基鍵構成為較佳。此外,第二酮系溶劑不具有芳香環基、烷氧基羰基、氧代基、胺基和/或胺甲醯基為較佳。 第二酮系溶劑具有雜原子(例如,氧原子、氮原子、硫原子及鹵素原子等)時,作為雜原子,僅為氧原子為較佳。The second ketone-based solvent may have a linear structure, a branched structure, or a cyclic structure. The second ketone solvent may have, for example, a linear alkyl group or a branched alkyl group. Among them, from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, it is preferable that the second ketone solvent has a branched alkyl group. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of volatility and/or solubility, the number of oxygen atoms in the molecule of the second ketone solvent is preferably one. In addition, the second ketone solvent is preferably composed only of an alkyl group and a carbonyl bond. In addition, it is preferable that the second ketone solvent does not have an aromatic ring group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an oxo group, an amine group, and/or a carbamoyl group. When the second ketone-based solvent has a hetero atom (for example, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a halogen atom, etc.), the hetero atom is preferably only an oxygen atom.
第二酮系溶劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。The second ketone-based solvent may be used singly, or two or more kinds may be used.
<除了乙酸酯以外的碳數5~7的酯系溶劑(以下,亦稱為“第二酯系溶劑”。)> 作為第二有機溶劑的第二酯系溶劑係除了乙酸酯以外的碳數5~7的酯系溶劑。其中,從本發明的效果更優異之觀點考慮,第二酯系溶劑的碳數為5~6為較佳。 另外,上述第二酯系溶劑中不包含乙酸酯。<Ester solvents with 5 to 7 carbon atoms other than acetate (hereinafter also referred to as "second ester solvents")> The second ester-based solvent as the second organic solvent is an ester-based solvent having 5 to 7 carbon atoms other than acetate. Among them, from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, the carbon number of the second ester-based solvent is preferably 5-6. In addition, the second ester-based solvent does not include acetate.
作為第二酯系溶劑,例如,可以舉出甲酸戊酯、甲酸異戊酯、甲酸第三戊酯、甲酸己酯、丙酸異丙酯、丙酸異丁酯、異丁酸乙酯、碳酸二乙酯及碳酸二丙酯。 其中,從本發明的效果更優異之觀點考慮,作為第二酯系溶劑,甲酸異戊酯、甲酸第三戊酯、丙酸異丙酯、丙酸異丁酯、異丁酸乙酯或碳酸二乙酯為較佳,甲酸異戊酯、丙酸異丙酯或丙酸異丁酯為更佳。As the second ester solvent, for example, pentyl formate, isoamyl formate, tertiary amyl formate, hexyl formate, isopropyl propionate, isobutyl propionate, ethyl isobutyrate, carbonic acid Diethyl and dipropyl carbonate. Among them, from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, as the second ester solvent, isoamyl formate, tertiary amyl formate, isopropyl propionate, isobutyl propionate, ethyl isobutyrate, or carbonic acid Diethyl is preferred, and isoamyl formate, isopropyl propionate or isobutyl propionate is more preferred.
第二酯系溶劑可以具有直鏈狀構造、支鏈狀構造或環狀構造。 第二酯系溶劑例如可以具有直鏈狀烷基或支鏈狀烷基。其中,從本發明的效果更優異之觀點考慮,第二酯系溶劑具有支鏈狀烷基為較佳。 另一方面,從揮發性和/或溶解性的觀點考慮,第二酯系溶劑在分子內具有之酸素原子的數為2~3為較佳,2為更佳。 又,第二酯系溶劑僅由烷基、酯鍵及能夠與酯鍵中的羰基碳鍵結之氫原子構成為較佳。此外,第二酯系溶劑不具有芳香環基、氧代基、胺基和/或胺甲醯基為較佳。 第二酯系溶劑具有雜原子(例如,氧原子、氮原子、硫原子及鹵素原子等)時,作為雜原子,僅為氧原子為較佳。The second ester-based solvent may have a linear structure, a branched structure, or a cyclic structure. The second ester-based solvent may have, for example, a linear alkyl group or a branched alkyl group. Among them, from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, it is preferable that the second ester-based solvent has a branched alkyl group. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of volatility and/or solubility, the number of acid atoms in the molecule of the second ester-based solvent is preferably 2 to 3, and 2 is more preferable. In addition, the second ester-based solvent is preferably composed only of an alkyl group, an ester bond, and a hydrogen atom capable of bonding to the carbonyl carbon in the ester bond. In addition, it is preferable that the second ester-based solvent does not have an aromatic ring group, an oxo group, an amino group, and/or a carbamoyl group. When the second ester-based solvent has a hetero atom (for example, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a halogen atom, etc.), only an oxygen atom is preferred as the hetero atom.
第二酯系溶劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。The second ester-based solvent may be used singly, or two or more kinds may be used.
從本發明的效果更優異之觀點考慮,第二有機溶劑為二異丙基酮、甲酸異戊酯或丙酸異丙酯為較佳。 第二有機溶劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 第二有機溶劑的含量相對於處理液的總質量為10~99質量%為較佳,25~97質量%為更佳,40~95質量%為進一步較佳。From the viewpoint of more excellent effects of the present invention, the second organic solvent is preferably diisopropyl ketone, isoamyl formate, or isopropyl propionate. The second organic solvent may be used singly, or two or more kinds may be used. The content of the second organic solvent is preferably 10 to 99% by mass relative to the total mass of the treatment liquid, more preferably 25 to 97% by mass, and still more preferably 40 to 95% by mass.
又,處理液可以與包含處理液之第一有機溶劑或第二有機溶劑一同有意或不可避免地包含有上述有機溶劑的位置異構體(例如,具有直鏈狀烷基或支鏈狀烷基之第一有機溶劑或第二有機溶劑的位置異構體等)。上述位置異構體可以對應於第一有機溶劑或第二有機溶劑,亦可以對應於除此以外的成分。 處理液中包含有彼此係位置異構體的關係之2種以上的化合物(上述2種以上的化合物中的至少1種設為對應於第一或第二有機溶劑者)時,成為其他位置異構體的化合物的合計含量相對於該等的位置異構體中的含量最多的化合物(對應於第一或第二有機溶劑之化合物為較佳)100質量%為超過0質量%且1質量%以下為較佳。In addition, the treatment liquid may intentionally or inevitably contain the positional isomer of the above-mentioned organic solvent (for example, having a linear or branched alkyl group) together with the first organic solvent or the second organic solvent containing the treatment liquid. The positional isomers of the first organic solvent or the second organic solvent, etc.). The above-mentioned positional isomer may correspond to the first organic solvent or the second organic solvent, or may correspond to other components. When the treatment solution contains two or more compounds (at least one of the two or more compounds corresponding to the first or second organic solvent) that are related to each other's positional isomers, the other positional isomers are different. The total content of the compounds of the structure is more than 0% by mass and 1% by mass relative to 100% by mass of the compound with the largest content in these positional isomers (compounds corresponding to the first or second organic solvent are preferred) The following are better.
〔第一有機溶劑與第二有機溶劑的關係〕 本發明的處理液中的第一有機溶劑及第二有機溶劑的沸點分別獨立地為80~250℃為較佳,80~200℃為更佳,90~220℃進一步較佳。 此外,第一有機溶劑和第二有機溶劑的沸點之差並沒有特別限制,從第一有機溶劑的沸點減去第二有機溶劑的沸點之值(bp1-bp2)為0℃以上之情況為較佳,滿足以下示出之式(1)的關係為更佳,滿足式(2)的關係為進一步較佳。 式(1):5.0℃<bp1-bp2<100.0℃ 式(2):20.0℃<bp1-bp2<80.0℃ 上述中,bp1表示第一有機溶劑的沸點(℃),bp2表示第二有機溶劑的沸點(℃)。上述沸點為1大氣壓下的沸點。 處理液包含2種以上的、第一有機溶劑和/或第二有機溶劑時,只要存在複數個之第一有機溶劑和第二有機溶劑的組合中的至少1種(較佳為全部)滿足上述式即可。 其中,處理液中的含量最多之第一有機溶劑與含量最多之第二有機溶劑的組合滿足上述式為較佳。此處提及之含量係質量基準的含量。[The relationship between the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent] Preferably, the boiling points of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent in the treatment liquid of the present invention are independently 80 to 250°C, more preferably 80 to 200°C, and even more preferably 90 to 220°C. In addition, the difference between the boiling points of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent is not particularly limited. The boiling point of the first organic solvent minus the boiling point of the second organic solvent (bp1-bp2) is 0°C or higher. Preferably, it is more preferable to satisfy the relationship of formula (1) shown below, and it is more preferable to satisfy the relationship of formula (2). Formula (1): 5.0℃<bp1-bp2<100.0℃ Formula (2): 20.0℃<bp1-bp2<80.0℃ In the above, bp1 represents the boiling point (°C) of the first organic solvent, and bp2 represents the boiling point (°C) of the second organic solvent. The above boiling point is the boiling point at 1 atmosphere. When the treatment liquid contains two or more kinds of the first organic solvent and/or the second organic solvent, as long as there are at least one (preferably all) of the combination of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent, satisfy the above The formula can be. Among them, it is preferable that the combination of the first organic solvent with the largest content and the second organic solvent with the largest content in the treatment liquid satisfies the above formula. The content mentioned here is the content based on quality.
關於本發明的處理液,第一有機溶劑及第二有機溶劑中的至少一者具有支鏈狀烷基為較佳,第一有機溶劑及第二有機溶劑這兩者均具有支鏈狀烷基為更佳。 另外,第一有機溶劑具有支鏈狀烷基表示,選自包括第一酮系溶劑、第一酯系溶劑及第一芳香族烴系溶劑之群組中的至少1個具有支鏈狀烷基。 又,第二有機溶劑具有支鏈狀烷基表示,選自包括第二酮系溶劑及第二酯系溶劑之群組中的至少1個具有支鏈狀烷基。 處理液包含2種以上的第一有機溶劑和/或第二有機溶劑時,能夠存在複數個之第一有機溶劑的1種以上(較佳為全部種)具有支鏈狀烷基為較佳,能夠存在複數個之第二有機溶劑的1種以上(較佳為全部種)具有支鏈狀烷基為更佳。 其中,含量最多之第一有機溶劑具有支鏈狀烷基為較佳。又,含量最多之第二有機溶劑所具有之基團具有支鏈狀烷基為較佳。此處提及之含量係質量基準的含量。Regarding the treatment liquid of the present invention, it is preferable that at least one of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent has a branched alkyl group, and both the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent have a branched alkyl group. For better. In addition, the first organic solvent having a branched alkyl group means that at least one selected from the group consisting of a first ketone-based solvent, a first ester-based solvent, and a first aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvent has a branched alkyl group . In addition, the second organic solvent having a branched alkyl group means that at least one selected from the group consisting of the second ketone solvent and the second ester solvent has a branched alkyl group. When the treatment liquid contains two or more types of first organic solvents and/or second organic solvents, it is preferable that one or more types (preferably all types) of the first organic solvents that can be present have a branched alkyl group. It is more preferable that one or more kinds (preferably all kinds) of the second organic solvent that can exist in plural have a branched alkyl group. Among them, it is preferable that the first organic solvent with the largest content has a branched alkyl group. In addition, it is preferable that the group of the second organic solvent having the largest content has a branched alkyl group. The content mentioned here is the content based on quality.
本發明的處理液只要分別包含至少1種上述第一有機溶劑及上述第二有機溶劑即可。 本發明的處理液能夠依據目的而適當地製備。 將處理液用作顯影液時,由於需要某種程度的溶解性,因此第二有機溶劑的含量多亦較佳。 另一方面,將處理液用作顯影後的洗淨液(以下,亦稱為“沖洗液”。)時,為了抑制圖案的薄膜化,第一有機溶劑的含量多亦較佳。 例如,第二有機溶劑的含量相對於第一有機溶劑的含量的質量比(第二有機溶劑的含有質量/第一有機溶劑的含有質量)為10/90~99/1為較佳,25/75~97/3為更佳,40/60~95/5為進一步較佳。 本發明的處理液中,上述第一有機溶劑和上述第二有機溶劑的合計含量相對於處理液的總質量為95.0質量%以上為較佳,98.0質量%以上為更佳,99.0質量%以上為進一步較佳,99.5質量%以上為特佳,99.9質量%以上為最佳。另外,作為上述合計含量的上限值,例如為100質量%。The treatment liquid of the present invention only needs to contain at least one of the above-mentioned first organic solvent and the above-mentioned second organic solvent. The treatment liquid of the present invention can be appropriately prepared according to the purpose. When a processing liquid is used as a developer, since a certain degree of solubility is required, it is preferable that the content of the second organic solvent is large. On the other hand, when the treatment liquid is used as a cleaning liquid after development (hereinafter, also referred to as a "rinsing liquid"), it is preferable that the content of the first organic solvent is large in order to suppress the thinning of the pattern. For example, the mass ratio of the content of the second organic solvent to the content of the first organic solvent (the content of the second organic solvent/the content of the first organic solvent) is preferably 10/90 to 99/1, 25/ 75-97/3 is more preferable, and 40/60-95/5 is still more preferable. In the treatment liquid of the present invention, the total content of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent relative to the total mass of the treatment liquid is preferably 95.0% by mass or more, more preferably 98.0% by mass or more, and 99.0% by mass or more More preferably, 99.5% by mass or more is particularly preferable, and 99.9% by mass or more is most preferable. Moreover, as the upper limit of the said total content, it is 100 mass %, for example.
〔其他成分〕 本發明的處理液可以包含除了上述以外的其他成分。〔Other ingredients〕 The treatment liquid of the present invention may contain components other than those described above.
<金屬成分> 處理液可以包含金屬成分。 作為金屬成分,可以舉出金屬粒子及金屬離子,例如,對於金屬成分的含量而言,係表示金屬粒子和金屬離子的合計含量。 處理液可以包含金屬粒子及金屬離子中的任一種,亦可以包含2種。<Metal composition> The treatment liquid may contain metal components. Examples of the metal component include metal particles and metal ions. For example, the content of the metal component indicates the total content of metal particles and metal ions. The treatment liquid may contain any one of metal particles and metal ions, or may contain two types.
作為金屬成分中所包含之金屬原子,例如,可以舉出選自包括Ag、Al、As、Au、Ba、Ca、Cd、Co、Cr、Cu、Fe、Ga、Ge、K、Li、Mg、Mn、Mo、Na、Ni、Pb、Sn、Sr、Ti及Zn之群組中的金屬原子。 金屬成分可以包含1種金屬原子,亦可以包含2種以上。 金屬粒子可以係單體,亦可以係合金,亦可以以金屬與有機物締合之形態存在。 金屬成分可以係不可避免地包含於處理液中所包含之各成分(原料)中之金屬成分,亦可以係在處理液的製造、儲存和/或轉移時不可避免地包含之金屬成分,亦可以有意地進行添加。As the metal atom contained in the metal component, for example, a group selected from Ag, Al, As, Au, Ba, Ca, Cd, Co, Cr, Cu, Fe, Ga, Ge, K, Li, Mg, Metal atoms in the group of Mn, Mo, Na, Ni, Pb, Sn, Sr, Ti and Zn. The metal component may include one type of metal atom, or may include two or more types. The metal particles may be a monomer, an alloy, or exist in the form of an association of metal and organic matter. The metal component may be a metal component that is inevitably contained in each component (raw material) contained in the treatment liquid, or it may be a metal component that is inevitably contained during the manufacture, storage, and/or transfer of the treatment liquid, or Add intentionally.
處理液包含金屬成分時,金屬成分的含量相對於處理液的總質量為超過0質量ppt且1質量ppm以下為較佳,超過0質量ppt且10質量ppb以下為更佳,超過0質量ppt且10質量ppt以下為進一步較佳。 另外,處理液中的金屬成分的種類及含量能夠利用ICP-MS法(感應耦合電漿質譜法)來測定。When the treatment liquid contains a metal component, the content of the metal component relative to the total mass of the treatment liquid is preferably more than 0 mass ppt and 1 mass ppm or less, more preferably more than 0 mass ppt and 10 mass ppb or less, and more than 0 mass ppt and 10 mass ppt or less is more preferable. In addition, the type and content of the metal component in the treatment liquid can be measured by the ICP-MS method (inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry).
<離子性液體>
本發明的處理液亦可以包含以下離子性液體。另外,處理液包含離子性液體時,視為離子性液體為不含於第一有機溶劑及第二有機溶劑中者。
作為離子性液體,例如,作為陽離子具有吡啶鎓離子或咪唑鎓離子等芳香族系離子、或三甲基己基銨離子等脂肪族胺系離子等。作為陰離子,具有NO3 -
、CH3
CO2 -
、BF6 -
或PF6 -
等無機離子系、或(CF3
SO2
)2
N-
、CF3
CO2 -
、或CF3
SO2 -
等含氟有機陰離子等之離子性液體;四級銨鹽系離子性液體為較佳。<Ionic liquid> The treatment liquid of the present invention may also contain the following ionic liquid. In addition, when the treatment liquid contains an ionic liquid, the ionic liquid is regarded as being not contained in the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent. As the ionic liquid, for example, it has an aromatic ion such as a pyridinium ion or an imidazolium ion, or an aliphatic amine ion such as a trimethylhexylammonium ion as a cation. As an anion, with NO 3 -, CH 3 CO 2 -, BF 6 - or PF 6 - inorganic ionic, or (CF 3 SO 2) 2 N -,
作為離子性液體的市售品,例如,可以舉出IL-P14及IL-A2(KOEI CHEMICAL INDUSTRY CO.,LTD.製);EleganSS-100(NOF CORPORATION製)等的四級銨鹽系離子性液體等。 離子性液體可以單獨使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。As commercial products of ionic liquids, for example, IL-P14 and IL-A2 (manufactured by KOEI CHEMICAL INDUSTRY CO., LTD.); Elegan SS-100 (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION) and other quaternary ammonium salt-based ionic Liquid etc. An ionic liquid may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
本發明的處理液包含離子性液體時,離子性液體的含量相對於處理液的總質量為0.5~15質量%為較佳,1~10質量%為更佳,1~5質量%為進一步較佳。When the treatment liquid of the present invention contains an ionic liquid, the content of the ionic liquid relative to the total mass of the treatment liquid is preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass, more preferably 1 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 1 to 5% by mass. good.
<界面活性劑> 本發明的處理液亦可以包含界面活性劑。 處理液包含界面活性劑時,處理液對阻劑膜之濕潤性提高,而更有效地進行顯影和/或沖洗。 作為界面活性劑,能夠使用與後述阻劑組成物中能夠包含之界面活性劑相同者。 界面活性劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。 本發明的處理液包含界面活性劑時,界面活性劑的含量相對於處理液的總質量為0.001~5質量%為較佳,0.005~2質量%為更佳,0.01~0.5質量%為進一步較佳。<Surface active agent> The treatment liquid of the present invention may also contain a surfactant. When the treatment liquid contains a surfactant, the wettability of the treatment liquid to the resist film is improved, and development and/or washing can be performed more effectively. As the surfactant, the same surfactants as those that can be contained in the resist composition described later can be used. Surfactant may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When the treatment liquid of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant relative to the total mass of the treatment liquid is preferably 0.001 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass. good.
<抗氧化劑> 本發明的處理液亦可以包含抗氧化劑。 作為抗氧化劑,胺系抗氧化劑或酚系抗氧化劑為較佳。 抗氧化劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。 本發明的處理液包含抗氧化劑時,抗氧化劑的含量相對於處理液的總質量為0.0001~1質量%為較佳,0.0001~0.1質量%為更佳,0.0001~0.01質量%為進一步較佳。<Antioxidant> The treatment liquid of the present invention may also contain an antioxidant. As the antioxidant, an amine-based antioxidant or a phenol-based antioxidant is preferable. Antioxidant may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When the treatment liquid of the present invention contains an antioxidant, the content of the antioxidant relative to the total mass of the treatment liquid is preferably 0.0001 to 1% by mass, more preferably 0.0001 to 0.1% by mass, and still more preferably 0.0001 to 0.01% by mass.
<鹼性化合物> 本發明的處理液亦可以包含鹼性化合物。 作為鹼性化合物的具體例,可以舉出作為後述阻劑組成物中能夠包含之酸擴散控制劑而例示之化合物。 鹼性化合物可以單獨使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。 本發明的處理液包含鹼性化合物時,鹼性化合物的含量相對於處理液總質量為10質量%以下為較佳,0.5~5質量%為更佳。 另外,本發明中,上述鹼性化合物可以僅使用1種,亦可以併用化學結構不同的2種以上。<Basic compound> The treatment liquid of the present invention may also contain a basic compound. As a specific example of a basic compound, the compound exemplified as an acid diffusion control agent which can be contained in the resist composition mentioned later can be mentioned. A basic compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When the treatment liquid of the present invention contains a basic compound, the content of the basic compound relative to the total mass of the treatment liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 0.5 to 5% by mass. In addition, in the present invention, only one type of the above-mentioned basic compound may be used, or two or more types with different chemical structures may be used in combination.
<其他溶劑> 本發明的處理液亦可以包含其他溶劑。 本發明的處理液用作顯影液時,本發明的處理液亦可以包含除了上述第一有機溶劑及上述第二有機溶劑以外的其他有機溶劑。 本發明的處理液用作沖洗液時,本發明的處理液亦可以包含除了上述第一有機溶劑及上述第二有機溶劑以外的其他有機溶劑。 作為其他有機溶劑,並無特別限制,例如,可以舉出烴系溶劑、酮系溶劑、酯系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑和/或醚系溶劑等有機溶劑,並且不對應於上述第一有機溶劑及上述第二有機溶劑中的任一種之有機溶劑。<Other solvents> The treatment liquid of the present invention may also contain other solvents. When the processing liquid of the present invention is used as a developer, the processing liquid of the present invention may contain other organic solvents other than the above-mentioned first organic solvent and the above-mentioned second organic solvent. When the treatment liquid of the present invention is used as a rinsing liquid, the treatment liquid of the present invention may also contain other organic solvents other than the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent. The other organic solvents are not particularly limited. For example, organic solvents such as hydrocarbon-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, ester-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, and/or ether-based solvents can be cited, and they do not correspond to the above An organic solvent of any one of the first organic solvent and the above-mentioned second organic solvent.
<沸點為300℃以上的有機物> 將包含沸點為300℃以上的有機物之處理液應用於半導體元件製造製程時,高沸點的上述有機物不揮發並殘留於其中,有時會成為基板的缺陷不良的原因。 作為沸點為300℃以上的有機物,例如,認為是用於製造裝置的構件之塑膠材料(例如,O型環等)中所含之樹脂成分或可塑劑等,推測為是在製造過程的某一時刻溶出於液體中。 處理液中包含沸點為300℃以上的有機物之情況下,在半導體元件製造製程中使用時,從抑制基板的缺陷不良的觀點考慮,上述沸點為300℃以上的有機物的含量相對於處理液的總質量為0.001~50質量ppm為較佳,0.001~30質量ppm為更佳,0.001~15質量ppm為進一步較佳,0.001~10質量ppm為特佳,0.001~1質量ppm為最佳。<Organic substances with a boiling point of 300°C or higher> When a treatment solution containing an organic substance with a boiling point of 300° C. or higher is applied to a semiconductor device manufacturing process, the above-mentioned organic substance with a high boiling point does not volatilize and remains in it, which may cause defects in the substrate. As an organic substance with a boiling point of 300°C or higher, for example, it is considered that the resin component or plasticizer contained in the plastic material (for example, O-ring, etc.) used to manufacture the components of the device is presumed to be in a certain part of the manufacturing process. Dissolve in the liquid at all times. When the treatment liquid contains an organic substance with a boiling point of 300°C or higher, when used in the semiconductor device manufacturing process, from the viewpoint of suppressing defects of the substrate, the content of the organic substance with a boiling point of 300°C or higher is relative to the total amount of the treatment liquid. The mass is preferably 0.001 to 50 mass ppm, more preferably 0.001 to 30 mass ppm, more preferably 0.001 to 15 mass ppm, particularly preferably 0.001 to 10 mass ppm, and most preferably 0.001 to 1 mass ppm.
從例如將上述處理液用作顯影液而接觸基板時抑制上述有機物不揮發而殘留於基板表面以成為缺陷不良之觀點考慮,上述沸點為300℃以上的有機物的含量相對於處理液總質量為30質量ppm以下為較佳。 從為了例如將上述處理液用作顯影液而接觸基板時,防止在烘烤製程之後沸點為300℃以上的有機物依然殘留於基板上,抑制缺陷的原因(顯影不良)之觀點考慮,上述沸點為300℃以上的有機物的含量相對於處理液總質量為15質量ppm以下為進一步較佳。 作為處理液中可包含之300℃以上的有機物,確認到從O型環溶出之鄰苯二甲酸二辛酯(DOP、沸點385℃)等成分、鄰苯二甲酸二異壬酯(DINP、沸點403℃)、己二酸二辛酯(DOA、沸點335℃)、鄰苯二甲酸二丁酯(DBP、沸點340℃)及三元乙丙橡膠(EPDM、沸點300~450℃)等。For example, when the above-mentioned treatment liquid is used as a developer and contacts the substrate, the organic matter is prevented from being volatilized and left on the substrate surface to become a defect. The content of the above-mentioned organic matter with a boiling point of 300°C or higher is 30 relative to the total mass of the treatment liquid. Mass ppm or less is preferable. For example, when the above-mentioned treatment liquid is used as a developer and contacts the substrate, the above-mentioned boiling point is It is more preferable that the content of the organic matter at 300°C or higher is 15 mass ppm or less with respect to the total mass of the treatment liquid. As organic matter above 300°C that can be contained in the treatment liquid, components such as dioctyl phthalate (DOP, boiling point 385°C) eluted from O-rings, and diisononyl phthalate (DINP, boiling point) 403°C), dioctyl adipate (DOA, boiling point 335°C), dibutyl phthalate (DBP, boiling point 340°C) and EPDM (EPDM, boiling point 300-450°C), etc.
作為將處理液中的沸點為300℃以上的有機物的含量設定在上述範圍內之方法,可以舉出在後述提純製程中舉出之方法。As a method of setting the content of the organic substance having a boiling point of 300° C. or higher in the treatment liquid within the above-mentioned range, the method mentioned in the purification process described later can be mentioned.
〔圖案形成方法〕 本發明還有關一種使用上述處理液之圖案形成方法。 圖案形成方法中例如具備: (i)使用阻劑組成物來形成阻劑膜之阻劑膜形成製程; (ii)對上述阻劑膜進行曝光之曝光製程;及 (iii)藉由上述處理液對經過曝光之上述阻劑膜進行處理之處理製程。[Pattern forming method] The present invention also relates to a pattern forming method using the above-mentioned treatment liquid. The pattern forming method includes, for example: (I) The resist film formation process of using resist composition to form resist film; (Ii) Exposure process for exposing the above-mentioned resist film; and (Iii) A treatment process for treating the exposed resist film with the treatment liquid.
以下,對圖案形成方法所具有之各製程進行說明。又,作為處理製程的一例,分別對顯影製程及沖洗製程進行說明。Hereinafter, each process included in the pattern forming method will be described. In addition, as an example of the processing process, the development process and the washing process will be described separately.
<(i)阻劑膜形成製程> 阻劑膜形成製程係使用阻劑組成物來形成阻劑膜之製程。 使用阻劑組成物來形成阻劑膜時,例如,將後述之各成分溶解於溶劑來製備阻劑組成物,並依據需要進行過濾器過濾之後,藉由在支撐體(基板)上塗佈阻劑組成物來形成阻劑膜。作為過濾器的孔徑,0.1μm以下為較佳,0.05μm以下為更佳,0.03μm以下為進一步較佳。作為過濾器的材質,聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或尼龍為較佳。<(i) Process for forming resist film> The resist film forming process is a process in which a resist composition is used to form a resist film. When a resist composition is used to form a resist film, for example, each component described below is dissolved in a solvent to prepare a resist composition, and after filtering with a filter as needed, the resist composition is coated on the support (substrate). Agent composition to form a resist film. The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.03 μm or less. As the material of the filter, polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon is preferable.
阻劑組成物例如藉由旋塗機等適當的塗佈方法被塗佈於支撐體(基板)上。然後,乾燥塗膜(被塗佈之阻劑組成物的塗膜)而形成阻劑膜。亦可以依據需要在阻劑膜的下層形成各種底塗膜(無機膜、有機膜及抗反射膜)。The resist composition is coated on the support (substrate) by an appropriate coating method such as a spin coater. Then, the coating film (the coating film of the coated resist composition) is dried to form a resist film. Various undercoating films (inorganic film, organic film and anti-reflection film) can also be formed on the lower layer of the resist film as needed.
形成阻劑膜之支撐體並無特別限制,除了IC等半導體的製造製程或液晶或熱能頭等的電路基板的製造製程以外,還能夠使用在其他感光蝕刻加工的微影製程等中通常使用之基板。 作為支撐體的具體例,還可以舉出矽、SiO2 及SiN等無機基板等。 上述基板還包括由單層構成之半導體基板及由多層構成之半導體基板。 構成由單層構成之半導體基板之材料並無特別限制,通常由如矽、矽鍺、GaAs這樣的第III-V族化合物、或該等的任意組合構成為較佳。 由多層構成之半導體基板時,其構成並無特別限制,例如可以在上述矽等的半導體基板上具有裸露出如金屬線及介電材料這樣的互連結構(interconnect features)等之積體電路結構。作為在互連結構中使用之金屬及合金,例如,可以舉出鋁及銅、合金鋁、銅、鈦、鉭、鈷、矽、氮化鈦、氮化鉭及鎢等,但並不限制於該等。又,半導體基板上亦可以具有層間介電質層、氧化矽、氮化矽、碳化矽及摻碳氧化矽等的層。The support for forming the resist film is not particularly limited. In addition to the manufacturing process of ICs and other semiconductors or the manufacturing process of circuit boards such as liquid crystals or thermal heads, it can also be used in other photolithography processes such as photolithography processes. Substrate. Specific examples of the support include inorganic substrates such as silicon, SiO 2 and SiN. The above-mentioned substrates also include semiconductor substrates composed of a single layer and semiconductor substrates composed of multiple layers. The material constituting the semiconductor substrate composed of a single layer is not particularly limited, and it is usually preferably composed of a group III-V compound such as silicon, silicon germanium, GaAs, or any combination thereof. When a semiconductor substrate is composed of multiple layers, the structure is not particularly limited. For example, an integrated circuit structure in which interconnect features such as metal wires and dielectric materials are exposed can be provided on the above-mentioned semiconductor substrate such as silicon. . As metals and alloys used in the interconnect structure, for example, aluminum and copper, alloy aluminum, copper, titanium, tantalum, cobalt, silicon, titanium nitride, tantalum nitride, and tungsten can be cited, but they are not limited to Such. In addition, the semiconductor substrate may also have layers of interlayer dielectric layer, silicon oxide, silicon nitride, silicon carbide, and carbon-doped silicon oxide.
作為乾燥方法,一般採用加熱乾燥之方法。 作為加熱溫度,80~180℃為較佳,80~150℃為更佳,80~140℃為進一步較佳,80~130℃為特佳。 作為加熱時間,30~1000秒鐘為較佳,60~800秒鐘為更佳,60~600秒鐘為進一步較佳。As a drying method, heating and drying are generally used. As the heating temperature, 80 to 180°C is preferred, 80 to 150°C is more preferred, 80 to 140°C is more preferred, and 80 to 130°C is particularly preferred. The heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, and more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.
阻劑膜的膜厚一般為200nm以下,100nm以下為較佳。 例如為了解析30nm以下尺寸的1:1線與空間圖案,阻劑膜的膜厚為50nm以下為較佳。只要膜厚為50nm以下,則在應用後述顯影製程時,更不易引起圖案崩塌,而可獲得更優異的解析性能。 從耐蝕刻性和解析性更優異的觀點考慮,膜厚為15~70nm為較佳,15~65nm為更佳。The thickness of the resist film is generally 200 nm or less, preferably 100 nm or less. For example, in order to analyze 1:1 line and space patterns with a size of 30 nm or less, the thickness of the resist film is preferably 50 nm or less. As long as the film thickness is 50 nm or less, it is less likely to cause pattern collapse when the development process described later is applied, and better resolution performance can be obtained. From the viewpoint of more excellent etching resistance and resolution, the film thickness is preferably 15 to 70 nm, and more preferably 15 to 65 nm.
又,可以依據需要,在阻劑膜與支撐體之間形成阻劑下層膜(例如,SOG(Spin On Glass:旋塗玻璃)、SOC(Spin On Carbon:旋塗碳)及防反射膜)。作為構成阻劑下層膜之材料,能夠適當使用公知的有機系或無機系的材料。 亦可以在阻劑膜的上層形成保護膜(頂塗層)。作為保護膜,能夠適當使用公知的材料。例如,能夠較佳地使用美國專利申請公開第2007/0178407號說明書、美國專利申請公開第2008/0085466號說明書、美國專利申請公開第2007/0275326號說明書、美國專利申請公開第2016/0299432號說明書、美國專利申請公開第2013/0244438號說明書、國際專利申請公開第2016/157988A號說明書中所揭示之保護膜形成用組成物。作為保護膜形成用組成物,包含上述酸擴散控制劑者為較佳。又,例如,可以基於日本特開2014-059543號公報的[0072]~[0082]中的記載來形成上層膜。 保護膜的膜厚為10~200nm為較佳,20~100nm為更佳,40~80nm為進一步較佳。In addition, a resist underlayer film (for example, SOG (Spin On Glass), SOC (Spin On Carbon), and anti-reflection film) may be formed between the resist film and the support as required. As the material constituting the resist underlayer film, a known organic or inorganic material can be suitably used. It is also possible to form a protective film (top coat layer) on the upper layer of the resist film. As the protective film, a known material can be suitably used. For example, the specification of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0178407, the specification of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0085466, the specification of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0275326, and the specification of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0299432 can be preferably used. The composition for forming a protective film disclosed in the specification of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0244438 and International Patent Application Publication No. 2016/157988A. As the composition for forming a protective film, those containing the above-mentioned acid diffusion control agent are preferred. Also, for example, the upper layer film can be formed based on the description in [0072] to [0082] of JP 2014-059543 A. The thickness of the protective film is preferably 10 to 200 nm, more preferably 20 to 100 nm, and even more preferably 40 to 80 nm.
<(ii)曝光製程> 圖案形成方法中,(ii)曝光製程中的曝光方法亦可以係液浸曝光。 圖案形成方法在(ii)曝光製程之前包括(iv)預加熱(PB:PreBake、以下,亦稱為“塗佈後烘烤”。)製程為較佳。 圖案形成方法在(ii)曝光製程之後且在(iii)顯影製程之前包括(v)曝光後加熱(PEB:Post Exposure Bake、亦稱為曝光後烘烤)製程為較佳。 圖案形成方法亦可以包括複數次(ii)曝光製程。 圖案形成方法亦可以包括複數次(iv)預加熱製程。 圖案形成方法亦可以包括複數次(v)曝光後加熱製程。<(ii) Exposure process> In the pattern formation method, (ii) the exposure method in the exposure process can also be liquid immersion exposure. The pattern formation method includes (iv) preheating (PB: PreBake, hereinafter, also referred to as “post-coating baking”) before the (ii) exposure process.) The process is preferred. The pattern formation method preferably includes (v) a post-exposure heating (PEB: Post Exposure Bake, also known as post-exposure bake) process after (ii) the exposure process and before (iii) the development process. The pattern forming method may also include a plurality of (ii) exposure processes. The pattern forming method may also include a plurality of (iv) pre-heating processes. The pattern formation method may also include a plurality of (v) post-exposure heating processes.
圖案形成方法中,(ii)曝光製程能夠藉由熟知之方法來進行。In the pattern forming method, (ii) the exposure process can be performed by a well-known method.
加熱溫度在(iv)預加熱製程及(v)曝光後加熱製程中均為80~150℃為較佳,80~140℃為更佳,80~130℃為進一步較佳。 加熱時間在(iv)預加熱製程及(v)曝光後加熱製程中均為30~1000秒鐘為較佳,60~800秒鐘為更佳,60~600秒鐘為進一步較佳。 加熱能夠利用設置於曝光裝置及顯影裝置之機構進行,亦可以利用加熱板等進行。The heating temperature is preferably 80-150°C in both (iv) the pre-heating process and (v) the post-exposure heating process, more preferably 80-140°C, and even more preferably 80-130°C. The heating time is preferably 30-1000 seconds in both (iv) the pre-heating process and (v) the post-exposure heating process, more preferably 60-800 seconds, and still more preferably 60-600 seconds. Heating can be performed using mechanisms installed in the exposure device and the developing device, or can be performed using a heating plate or the like.
曝光製程中使用之光源波長並無限制,例如,可以舉出紅外光、可見光、紫外光、遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線及電子束等。該等中,遠紫外線為較佳,且其波長為250nm以下為較佳,220nm以下為更佳,1~200nm為進一步較佳。具體而言,為KrF準分子雷射(248nm)、ArF準分子雷射(193nm)、F2 準分子雷射(157nm)、X射線、EUV(13nm)及電子束等,KrF準分子雷射、ArF準分子雷射、EUV或電子束為較佳,EUV或電子束為更佳。The wavelength of the light source used in the exposure process is not limited. For example, infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams can be cited. Among them, far ultraviolet rays are preferred, and the wavelength is preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, and more preferably 1 to 200 nm. Specifically, KrF excimer laser (248nm), ArF excimer laser (193nm), F 2 excimer laser (157nm), X-ray, EUV (13nm) and electron beam, etc., KrF excimer laser , ArF excimer laser, EUV or electron beam is preferable, EUV or electron beam is more preferable.
<(iii)將經過曝光之膜進行處理之製程> (iii)將經過曝光之膜進行處理之製程,通常包括:(vi)顯影製程,藉由顯影液進行顯影(顯影製程);及(vii)沖洗製程,藉由沖洗液進行洗淨(沖洗製程)。 本發明的處理液可以用作顯影製程中的顯影液,亦可以用作沖洗製程中的沖洗液。其中,用作沖洗製程中的沖洗液為較佳。 將本發明的處理液用作沖洗製程中的沖洗液時,作為顯影製程中的顯影液,使用本發明的處理液以外的其他處理液為較佳。<(iii) Process of processing the exposed film> (Iii) The process of processing the exposed film, which usually includes: (vi) a development process, which is developed by a developer (development process); and (vii) a washing process, which is cleaned by a rinse (rinsing process) ). The treatment liquid of the present invention can be used as a developer in the development process, and can also be used as a rinsing liquid in the rinsing process. Among them, it is preferable to use it as a rinsing liquid in the rinsing process. When the processing liquid of the present invention is used as a rinsing liquid in a rinsing process, it is preferable to use a processing liquid other than the processing liquid of the present invention as the developer in the development process.
(顯影製程) 顯影製程為藉由顯影液將經過曝光之上述阻劑膜進行顯影之製程。(Development process) The development process is a process in which the exposed resist film is developed by a developer.
作為顯影方法,例如,可以舉出將基板在裝滿顯影液之槽中浸漬一段時間之方法(浸漬法)、藉由表面張力使顯影液往基板表面高漲並靜止一段時間之方法(覆液(puddle)法)、在基板表面噴霧顯影液之方法(噴塗法)及一邊在以一定速度旋轉之基板上以一定速度掃描顯影液噴出噴嘴一邊連續噴出顯影液之方法(動態分配法)等。 又,在顯影製程之後,亦可以實施一邊取代成其他溶劑一邊停止顯影之製程。 作為顯影時間,10~300秒鐘為較佳,20~120秒鐘為更佳。 作為顯影液的溫度,0~50℃為較佳,15~35℃為更佳。As the development method, for example, a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with developer for a period of time (dipping method), and a method of causing the developer to rise to the surface of the substrate by surface tension and stand still for a period of time (coating liquid ( Puddle method), the method of spraying developer on the surface of the substrate (spraying method), and the method of continuously spraying the developer while scanning the nozzle of the developer on a substrate rotating at a certain speed (dynamic distribution method), etc. In addition, after the development process, a process of stopping the development while replacing with other solvents can also be implemented. The development time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, and more preferably 20 to 120 seconds. As the temperature of the developer, 0 to 50°C is preferable, and 15 to 35°C is more preferable.
作為顯影液,可以使用上述處理液,亦可以使用其他顯影液。 除了使用處理液進行之顯影以外,還可以使用鹼顯影液來進行顯影(所謂二重顯影)。As the developer, the above-mentioned treatment liquid may be used, or other developer may be used. In addition to the development using the treatment liquid, an alkali developer can also be used for development (so-called double development).
《其他顯影液》 以下,對其他顯影液(除了本發明的處理液以外的顯影液)進行說明。 顯影液中使用之有機溶劑的蒸汽壓(混合溶劑時為整體蒸汽壓)在20℃下為5kPa以下為較佳,3kPa以下為更佳,2kPa以下為進一步較佳。藉由將有機溶劑的蒸汽壓設為5kPa以下,顯影液在基板上或顯影杯內的蒸發得到抑制,基板面內的溫度均勻性提高,其結果基板面內的尺寸均勻性變得良好。 作為顯影液中使用之有機溶劑並無特別限制,例如,可以舉出酯系溶劑、酮系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑、醚系溶劑及烴系溶劑等溶劑。"Other Developers" Hereinafter, other developing solutions (developing solutions other than the processing solution of the present invention) will be described. The vapor pressure of the organic solvent used in the developer (the overall vapor pressure when the solvent is mixed) is preferably 5kPa or less at 20°C, more preferably 3kPa or less, and even more preferably 2kPa or less. By setting the vapor pressure of the organic solvent to 5 kPa or less, the evaporation of the developer on the substrate or in the developing cup is suppressed, the temperature uniformity in the substrate surface is improved, and as a result, the dimensional uniformity in the substrate surface becomes good. The organic solvent used in the developer is not particularly limited, and examples include solvents such as ester solvents, ketone solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents.
作為顯影液,其中,包含1種以上選自包括酮系溶劑、酯系溶劑、醇系溶劑及醚系溶劑之群組中的溶劑為較佳。As the developer, it is preferable to include one or more solvents selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, and ether solvents.
作為酯系溶劑,例如,可以舉出乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸戊酯、乙酸丙酯、乙酸異丙酯、乙酸戊酯(Amyl acetate)(乙酸戊酯(Pentyl acetate))、乙酸異戊酯(isoamyl acetate)(乙酸異戊酯(isopentyl acetate))、乙酸3-甲基丁酯、乙酸2-甲基丁酯、乙酸1-甲基丁酯、乙酸己酯、乙酸異己酯、乙酸庚酯、乙酸辛酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA;別名1-甲氧基-2-乙醯氧基丙烷)、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單苯醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單苯醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、2-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、4-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、3-乙基-3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、2-乙氧基丁基乙酸酯、4-乙氧基丁基乙酸酯、4-丙氧基丁基乙酸酯、2-甲氧基戊基乙酸酯、3-甲氧基戊基乙酸酯、4-甲氧基戊基乙酸酯、2-甲基-3-甲氧基戊基乙酸酯、3-甲基-3-甲氧基戊基乙酸酯、3-甲基-4-甲氧基戊基乙酸酯、4-甲基-4-甲氧基戊基乙酸酯、丙二醇二乙酸酯、甲酸甲酯、甲酸乙酯、甲酸丁酯、甲酸丙酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸丁酯、乳酸丙酯、碳酸乙酯、碳酸丙酯、碳酸丁酯、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、丙酮酸丁酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、丙酸甲酯、丙酸乙酯、丙酸丙酯、丙酸異丙酯、丙酸丁酯、丙酸戊酯、丙酸己酯、丙酸庚酯、丁酸丁酯、丁酸異丁酯、丁酸戊酯、丁酸己酯、異丁酸異丁酯、戊酸丙酯、戊酸異丙酯、戊酸丁酯、戊酸戊酯、己酸乙酯、己酸丙酯、己酸丁酯、己酸異丁酯、庚酸甲酯、庚酸乙酯、庚酸丙酯、乙酸環己酯、乙酸環庚酯、乙酸2-乙基己酯、丙酸環戊酯、2-羥基丙酸甲酯、2-羥基丙酸乙酯、甲基-3-甲氧基丙酸酯、乙基-3-甲氧基丙酸酯、乙基-3-乙氧基丙酸酯及丙基-3-甲氧基丙酸酯等。 其中,乙酸丁酯、乙酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸2-甲基丁酯、乙酸1-甲基丁酯、乙酸己酯、丙酸戊酯、丙酸己酯、丙酸庚酯或丁酸丁酯為較佳,乙酸異戊酯為更佳。As ester solvents, for example, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl acetate, propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, amyl acetate (Amyl acetate) (amyl acetate) Pentyl acetate), isoamyl acetate (isopentyl acetate), 3-methylbutyl acetate, 2-methylbutyl acetate, 1-methylbutyl acetate, Hexyl acetate, isohexyl acetate, heptyl acetate, octyl acetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA; alias 1-methoxy-2-ethyl Oxypropane), ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol mono Methyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monophenyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, two Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 2-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 4-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methyl Oxybutyl acetate, 3-ethyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, 2-ethoxybutyl acetate, 4-ethoxybutyl acetate, 4-propoxybutyl acetate, 2-methoxypentyl acetate, 3-methoxypentyl acetate, 4-methoxypentyl acetate Ethyl acetate, 2-methyl-3-methoxypentyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxypentyl acetate, 3-methyl-4-methoxypentyl ethyl Ester, 4-methyl-4-methoxypentyl acetate, propylene glycol diacetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, lactic acid Propyl ester, ethyl carbonate, propyl carbonate, butyl carbonate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, butyl pyruvate, methyl acetylacetate, ethyl acetylacetate, methyl propionate Ester, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, isopropyl propionate, butyl propionate, pentyl propionate, hexyl propionate, heptyl propionate, butyl butyrate, isobutyl butyrate, butyl Amyl pentate, hexyl butyrate, isobutyl isobutyrate, propyl valerate, isopropyl valerate, butyl valerate, pentyl valerate, ethyl caproate, propyl caproate, butyl caproate Ester, isobutyl caproate, methyl heptanoate, ethyl heptanoate, propyl heptanoate, cyclohexyl acetate, cycloheptyl acetate, 2-ethylhexyl acetate, cyclopentyl propionate, 2-hydroxy Methyl propionate, ethyl 2-hydroxypropionate, methyl-3-methoxypropionate, ethyl-3-methoxypropionate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate and propyl Group -3-methoxy propionate and so on. Among them, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, 2-methylbutyl acetate, 1-methylbutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, pentyl propionate, hexyl propionate, heptyl propionate or Butyl butyrate is preferred, and isoamyl acetate is more preferred.
作為酮系溶劑,例如,可以舉出1-辛酮、2-辛酮、1-壬酮、2-壬酮、丙酮、2-庚酮、4-庚酮、1-己酮、2-己酮、二異丁基酮、環己酮、甲基環己酮、苯丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、乙醯丙酮、丙酮基丙酮、紫羅蘭酮、二丙酮醇、乙醯甲醇、苯乙酮、甲基萘基酮、異佛爾酮、碳酸丙烯酯及γ-丁內酯等。其中,2-庚酮為較佳。As the ketone solvent, for example, 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, Ketones, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, acetone, acetonyl acetone, ionone, diacetone alcohol, ethyl Methanol, acetophenone, methyl naphthyl ketone, isophorone, propylene carbonate and gamma-butyrolactone, etc. Among them, 2-heptanone is preferred.
作為醇系溶劑,例如,可以舉出甲醇、乙醇、1-丙醇、異丙醇、1-丁醇、2-丁醇、3-甲基-1-丁醇、叔丁醇、1-戊醇、2-戊醇、1-己醇、1-庚醇、1-辛醇、1-癸醇、2-己醇、2-庚醇、2-辛醇、3-己醇、3-庚醇、3-辛醇、4-辛醇、3-甲基-3-戊醇、環戊醇、2,3-二甲基-2-丁醇、3,3-二甲基-2-丁醇、2-甲基-2-戊醇、2-甲基-3-戊醇、3-甲基-2-戊醇、3-甲基-3-戊醇、4-甲基-2-戊醇、4-甲基-3-戊醇、環己醇、5-甲基-2-己醇、4-甲基-2-己醇、4,5-二甲基-2-己醇、6-甲基-2-庚醇、7-甲基-2-辛醇、8-甲基-2-壬醇、9-甲基-2-癸醇及3-甲氧基-1-丁醇等醇(1價的醇);乙二醇、二乙二醇及三乙二醇等二醇系溶劑;乙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚(PGME;別名1-甲氧基-2-丙醇)、二乙二醇單甲醚、三乙二醇單乙醚、甲氧基甲基丁醇、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單丙醚、乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單丙醚、丙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單苯基醚等包含羥基之二醇醚系溶劑等。其中,二醇醚系溶劑為較佳。As the alcohol solvent, for example, methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, isopropanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, tert-butanol, 1-pentanol, Alcohol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 1-heptanol, 1-octanol, 1-decanol, 2-hexanol, 2-heptanol, 2-octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol Alcohol, 3-octanol, 4-octanol, 3-methyl-3-pentanol, cyclopentanol, 2,3-dimethyl-2-butanol, 3,3-dimethyl-2-butanol Alcohol, 2-methyl-2-pentanol, 2-methyl-3-pentanol, 3-methyl-2-pentanol, 3-methyl-3-pentanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol Alcohol, 4-methyl-3-pentanol, cyclohexanol, 5-methyl-2-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-hexanol, 4,5-dimethyl-2-hexanol, 6 -Methyl-2-heptanol, 7-methyl-2-octanol, 8-methyl-2-nonanol, 9-methyl-2-decanol and 3-methoxy-1-butanol, etc. Alcohol (monovalent alcohol); glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol and triethylene glycol; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME; alias 1-methoxy-2- Propanol), diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethyl butanol, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether , Propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monophenyl ether and other glycol ether solvents containing hydroxyl groups. Among them, glycol ether solvents are preferred.
作為醚系溶劑,例如除了包含上述羥基之二醇醚系溶劑以外,還可以舉出丙二醇二甲醚、丙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚等不含羥基之二醇醚系溶劑、苯甲醚及苯乙醚等芳香族醚溶劑、二㗁口山、四氫呋喃、四氫吡喃、全氟-2-丁基四氫呋喃、全氟四氫呋喃、1,4-㗁口山以及異丙醚等。其中,二醇醚系溶劑或苯甲醚等芳香族醚溶劑為較佳。As ether solvents, for example, in addition to glycol ether solvents containing the above-mentioned hydroxyl groups, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, and other non-hydroxyl-free solvents can also be mentioned. Glycol ether-based solvents, aromatic ether solvents such as anisole and phenyl ethyl ether, dikoyama, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, perfluoro-2-butyltetrahydrofuran, perfluorotetrahydrofuran, 1,4-㗁kouyama And isopropyl ether, etc. Among them, glycol ether solvents or aromatic ether solvents such as anisole are preferred.
作為醯胺系溶劑,例如,可以舉出N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、六甲基磷酸三醯胺、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮等。As the amide-based solvents, for example, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, and hexamethyltrimethylphosphate Amine, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, etc.
作為烴系溶劑,例如,可以舉出戊烷、己烷、辛烷、壬烷、癸烷、十二烷、十一烷、十六烷、2,2,4-三甲基戊烷、2,2,3-三甲基己烷、全氟己烷及全氟庚烷等脂肪族烴系溶劑;甲苯、二甲苯、乙基苯、丙基苯、1-甲基丙基苯、2-甲基丙基苯、二甲基苯、二乙基苯、乙基甲基苯、三甲基苯、乙基二甲基苯及二丙基苯等芳香族烴系溶劑。 又,作為烴系溶劑,亦能夠使用不飽和烴系溶劑,例如,可以舉出辛烯、壬烯、癸烯、十一碳烯、十二碳烯及十六碳烯等不飽和烴系溶劑。不飽和烴系溶劑所具有之雙鍵或三鍵的數並無特別限制,又,亦可以位於烴鏈的任何位置。又,不飽和烴系溶劑具有雙鍵時,亦可以係順式體及反式體混合存在。 另外,作為烴系溶劑之脂肪族烴系溶劑,亦可以係相同碳數且不同結構的化合物的混合物。例如,作為脂肪族烴系溶劑使用癸烷時,作為相同碳數且不同結構的化合物之2-甲基壬烷、2,2-二甲基辛烷、4-乙基辛烷及異辛烷等亦可以包含在脂肪族烴系溶劑。 又,上述相同碳數且不同結構的化合物可以僅包含1種,亦可以如上所述包含複數種。Examples of hydrocarbon solvents include pentane, hexane, octane, nonane, decane, dodecane, undecane, hexadecane, 2,2,4-trimethylpentane, 2 , 2,3-Trimethylhexane, perfluorohexane and perfluoroheptane and other aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents; toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, propylbenzene, 1-methylpropylbenzene, 2- Aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as methylpropylbenzene, dimethylbenzene, diethylbenzene, ethylmethylbenzene, trimethylbenzene, ethyldimethylbenzene, and dipropylbenzene. In addition, as the hydrocarbon solvent, unsaturated hydrocarbon solvents can also be used. For example, unsaturated hydrocarbon solvents such as octene, nonene, decene, undecene, dodecene, and hexadecene can be mentioned. . The number of double bonds or triple bonds possessed by the unsaturated hydrocarbon solvent is not particularly limited, and it may be located at any position in the hydrocarbon chain. In addition, when the unsaturated hydrocarbon solvent has a double bond, the cis isomer and the trans isomer may be mixed. In addition, the aliphatic hydrocarbon-based solvent as the hydrocarbon-based solvent may be a mixture of compounds having the same carbon number and different structures. For example, when decane is used as an aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent, 2-methylnonane, 2,2-dimethyloctane, 4-ethyloctane, and isooctane are compounds with the same carbon number and different structures The aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent may also be included. In addition, the above-mentioned compounds having the same carbon number and different structures may include only one type, or may include a plurality of types as described above.
從在上述曝光製程中使用EUV光及電子束時,能夠進一步抑制阻劑膜的潤脹之觀點考慮,作為顯影液,碳數6以上(6~14為較佳,6~12為更佳,6~10為進一步較佳)且雜原子數為2以下的酯系溶劑為較佳。 作為上述雜原子,只要是碳原子及氫原子以外的原子即可,例如,可以舉出氧原子、氮原子及硫原子等。雜原子數為2以下為較佳。 作為碳數6以上且雜原子數為2以下的酯系溶劑的具體例,選自包括乙酸丁酯、乙酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、乙酸2-甲基丁酯、乙酸1-甲基丁酯、乙酸己酯、丙酸戊酯、丙酸己酯、丙酸庚酯、丁酸丁酯、異丁酸丁酯及異丁酸異丁酯之群組中者為較佳,乙酸異戊酯或異丁酸丁酯為更佳。From the viewpoint that when EUV light and electron beam are used in the above exposure process, the swelling of the resist film can be further suppressed, as the developer, the carbon number is 6 or more (6-14 is preferable, and 6-12 is more preferable. 6 to 10 are more preferable), and ester-based solvents having 2 or less heteroatoms are preferable. As said hetero atom, what is necessary is just an atom other than a carbon atom and a hydrogen atom, For example, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, etc. are mentioned. The number of heteroatoms is preferably 2 or less. Specific examples of ester solvents having 6 or more carbon atoms and 2 or less heteroatoms are selected from the group consisting of butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, 2-methylbutyl acetate, and 1-methylbutyl acetate. Ester, hexyl acetate, pentyl propionate, hexyl propionate, heptyl propionate, butyl butyrate, butyl isobutyrate and isobutyl isobutyrate are preferred, and isopentyl acetate Ester or butyl isobutyrate is more preferable.
從在上述曝光製程中使用EUV光及電子束時,進一步抑制阻劑膜的潤脹之觀點考慮,作為顯影液亦可以代替上述碳數6以上且雜原子數為2以下的酯系溶劑而使用酯系溶劑與烴系溶劑的混合溶劑或酮系溶劑與烴系溶劑的混合溶劑。From the viewpoint of further suppressing the swelling of the resist film when EUV light and electron beams are used in the above exposure process, it can also be used as a developer instead of the above-mentioned ester solvents with 6 or more carbon atoms and 2 or less heteroatoms. A mixed solvent of an ester solvent and a hydrocarbon solvent or a mixed solvent of a ketone solvent and a hydrocarbon solvent.
上述混合溶劑中,烴系溶劑的含量取決於阻劑膜的溶劑溶解性,因此並無特別限制,只要適當製備以確定所需量即可。In the above-mentioned mixed solvent, the content of the hydrocarbon-based solvent depends on the solvent solubility of the resist film, and therefore is not particularly limited, as long as it is appropriately prepared to determine the required amount.
酯系溶劑與烴系溶劑的混合溶劑中,作為酯系溶劑,乙酸異戊酯為較佳。從容易調整阻劑膜的溶解性的觀點考慮,作為烴系溶劑,飽和烴系溶劑(例如,辛烷、壬烷、癸烷、十二烷、十一烷及十六烷等)為較佳。Among the mixed solvents of the ester solvent and the hydrocarbon solvent, isoamyl acetate is preferred as the ester solvent. From the viewpoint of easy adjustment of the solubility of the resist film, as the hydrocarbon solvent, a saturated hydrocarbon solvent (for example, octane, nonane, decane, dodecane, undecane, hexadecane, etc.) is preferred .
酮系溶劑與烴系溶劑的混合溶劑中,作為酮系溶劑,例如,可以舉出1-辛酮、2-辛酮、1-壬酮、2-壬酮、丙酮、2-庚酮(甲基戊基酮)、4-庚酮、1-己酮、2-己酮、二異丁基酮、2,5-二甲基-4-己酮、環己酮、甲基環己酮、苯丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、乙醯丙酮、丙酮基丙酮、紫羅蘭酮、二丙酮醇、乙醯甲醇、苯乙酮、甲基萘基酮、異佛爾酮及碳酸丙烯酯等,二異丁基酮或2,5-二甲基-4-己酮為較佳。從容易調整阻劑膜的溶解性的觀點考慮,作為烴系溶劑,飽和烴系溶劑(例如,辛烷、壬烷、癸烷、十二烷、十一烷及十六烷等)為較佳。Among the mixed solvents of the ketone solvent and the hydrocarbon solvent, examples of the ketone solvent include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, and 2-heptanone (a Pentyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, 2,5-dimethyl-4-hexanone, cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, Propiophenone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, acetone, acetonyl acetone, ionone, diacetone alcohol, acetol, acetophenone, methyl naphthyl ketone, isophorone and Propylene carbonate, etc., preferably diisobutyl ketone or 2,5-dimethyl-4-hexanone. From the viewpoint of easy adjustment of the solubility of the resist film, as the hydrocarbon solvent, a saturated hydrocarbon solvent (for example, octane, nonane, decane, dodecane, undecane, hexadecane, etc.) is preferred .
上述溶劑可以混合複數種,亦可以與上述以外的溶劑或水混合。顯影液整體的含水率小於50質量%為較佳,小於20質量%為更佳,小於10質量%為進一步較佳,實質上不含水分為特佳。 有機溶劑相對於有機系顯影液之含量,相對於顯影液的總質量為50~100質量%為較佳,80~100質量%為更佳,90~100質量%為進一步較佳,95~100質量%為特佳。The above-mentioned solvents may be mixed with plural kinds, and may be mixed with solvents or water other than the above. The moisture content of the entire developer is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, even more preferably less than 10% by mass, and it is particularly preferable that it contains substantially no water. The content of the organic solvent relative to the organic developer is preferably 50-100% by mass relative to the total mass of the developer, more preferably 80-100% by mass, more preferably 90-100% by mass, 95-100 The quality% is particularly good.
顯影液亦可以依據需要包含適量公知的界面活性劑。The developer may also contain an appropriate amount of well-known surfactants as needed.
界面活性劑的含量相對於顯影液的總量,通常為0.001~5質量%,0.005~2質量%為較佳,0.01~0.5質量%為更佳。The content of the surfactant relative to the total amount of the developer is usually 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by mass.
顯影液亦可以包含鹼性化合物。作為鹼性化合物的具體例,可以舉出作為後述阻劑組成物中能夠包含之酸擴散控制劑而例示之化合物。The developer may also contain alkaline compounds. As a specific example of a basic compound, the compound exemplified as an acid diffusion control agent which can be contained in the resist composition mentioned later can be mentioned.
作為用作顯影液之有機溶劑,除了上述酯系溶劑以外,下述通式(S1)或下述通式(S2)所表示之溶劑亦較佳。 作為上述酯系溶劑,通式(S1)所表示之溶劑為更佳,乙酸烷基酯為進一步較佳,乙酸丁酯、乙酸戊酯(amyl acetate)(乙酸戊酯)(pentyl acetate)或乙酸異戊酯(isoamyl acetate)(乙酸異戊酯)(isopentyl acetate)為特佳。As the organic solvent used as the developer, in addition to the above-mentioned ester-based solvent, a solvent represented by the following general formula (S1) or the following general formula (S2) is also preferable. As the above-mentioned ester-based solvent, the solvent represented by the general formula (S1) is more preferable, and the alkyl acetate is more preferably, butyl acetate, amyl acetate (pentyl acetate) or acetic acid Isoamyl acetate (isopentyl acetate) is particularly preferred.
R-C(=O)-O-R’ 通式(S1)R-C(=O)-O-R’ general formula (S1)
通式(S1)中,R及R’分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷氧基羰基、羧基、羥基、氰基或鹵素原子。R及R’亦可以彼此鍵結而形成環。 作為R及R’所表示之烷基、烷氧基及烷氧基羰基的碳數,1~15為較佳,作為環烷基的碳數,3~15為較佳。 R及R’所表示之烷基、環烷基、烷氧基及烷氧基羰基、以及R與R’彼此鍵結而形成之環亦可以具有取代基。作為取代基並無特別限制,例如,可以舉出羥基、包含羰基之基團(例如,醯基、醛基及烷氧基羰基等)及氰基等。 作為R及R’,其中,氫原子或烷基為較佳。In the general formula (S1), R and R'each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom. R and R'may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group, alkoxy group, and alkoxycarbonyl group represented by R and R'is preferably 1-15, and the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group is preferably 3-15. The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkoxy group and alkoxycarbonyl group represented by R and R', and the ring formed by bonding R and R'to each other may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a hydroxyl group, a carbonyl group-containing group (for example, an acyl group, an aldehyde group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group, etc.), a cyano group, and the like. As R and R', among them, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is preferred.
作為通式(S1)所表示之溶劑,例如,可以舉出乙酸甲酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸異丙酯、乙酸戊酯(amyl acetate)、乙酸異戊酯(isoamyl acetate)、甲酸甲酯、甲酸乙酯、甲酸丁酯、甲酸丙酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸丁酯、乳酸丙酯、碳酸乙酯、碳酸丙酯、碳酸丁酯、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、丙酮酸丁酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、丙酸甲酯、丙酸乙酯、丙酸丙酯、丙酸異丙酯、2-羥基丙酸甲酯及2-羥基丙酸乙酯等。As the solvent represented by the general formula (S1), for example, methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, Methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, ethyl carbonate, propyl carbonate, butyl carbonate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, Propyl Pyruvate, Butyl Pyruvate, Methyl Acetate, Ethyl Acetate, Methyl Propionate, Ethyl Propionate, Propyl Propionate, Isopropyl Propionate, Methyl 2-Hydroxypropionate And ethyl 2-hydroxypropionate and so on.
其中,作為R及R’,未經取代的烷基為較佳。 作為通式(S1)所表示之溶劑,乙酸烷基酯為較佳,乙酸丁酯、乙酸戊酯(amyl acetate)(乙酸戊酯(pentyl acetate))或乙酸異戊酯(isoamyl acetate)(乙酸異戊酯(isopentyl acetate))為更佳,乙酸異戊酯(isoamyl acetate)為進一步較佳。Among them, as R and R', an unsubstituted alkyl group is preferred. As the solvent represented by the general formula (S1), alkyl acetate is preferred, butyl acetate, amyl acetate (pentyl acetate) or isoamyl acetate (acetic acid) Isopentyl acetate is more preferable, and isoamyl acetate is still more preferable.
顯影液包含通式(S1)所表示之溶劑時,顯影液亦可以進一步包含1種以上其他有機溶劑(以下亦稱為“併用溶劑”。)。作為併用溶劑,只要是能夠混合於通式(S1)所表示之溶劑中而不分離則並無特別限制,可以舉出通式(S1)所表示之溶劑以外的選自包括酯系溶劑、酮系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑、醚系溶劑及烴系溶劑之群組中的溶劑。 併用溶劑既可以係1種亦可以係2種,從獲得穩定的性能之方面考慮,1種為較佳。 顯影液為通式(S1)所表示之溶劑與1種併用溶劑的混合溶劑時,通式(S1)所表示之溶劑的含量與併用溶劑的質量比[通式(S1)所表示之溶劑的含有質量/併用溶劑的含有質量]通常為20/80~99/1,50/50~97/3為較佳,60/40~95/5為更佳,60/40~90/10為進一步較佳。When the developer contains the solvent represented by the general formula (S1), the developer may further contain one or more other organic solvents (hereinafter also referred to as “combined solvent”). The combined solvent is not particularly limited as long as it can be mixed in the solvent represented by the general formula (S1) without being separated. Examples include ester solvents, ketones and other solvents other than the solvent represented by the general formula (S1). Solvents in the group of solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents. The solvent used in combination may be one type or two types. From the viewpoint of obtaining stable performance, one type is preferable. When the developer is a mixed solvent of the solvent represented by the general formula (S1) and a combined solvent, the content of the solvent represented by the general formula (S1) and the mass ratio of the solvent represented by the general formula (S1) are The content mass/the content mass of the combined solvent] is usually 20/80~99/1, 50/50~97/3 is better, 60/40~95/5 is more preferably, 60/40~90/10 is more Better.
作為用作顯影液之有機溶劑,下述通式(S2)所表示之溶劑亦較佳。As the organic solvent used as the developer, a solvent represented by the following general formula (S2) is also preferable.
R’’-C(=O)-O-R’’’-O-R’’’’ 通式(S2)R’’-C(=O)-O-R’’’-O-R’’’’ General formula (S2)
通式(S2)中,R’’及R’’’’分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、烷氧基、烷氧基羰基、羧基、羥基、氰基或鹵素原子。R’’及R’’’’可以彼此鍵結而形成環。 作為R’’及R’’’’,氫原子或烷基為較佳。 作為R’’及R’’’’所表示之烷基、烷氧基及烷氧基羰基的碳數,1~15為較佳,作為環烷基的碳數,3~15為較佳。 R’’’表示伸烷基或伸環烷基,伸烷基為較佳。 作為R’’’所表示之伸烷基的碳數,1~10為較佳,作為R’’’所表示之伸環烷基的碳數,3~10為較佳。 另外,作為R’’’所表示之伸烷基,亦可以在伸烷基鏈中具有醚鍵。 R’’及R’’’’所表示之烷基、環烷基、烷氧基及烷氧基羰基、R’’’所表示之伸烷基及伸環烷基、以及R’’與R’’’’彼此鍵結而形成之環亦可以具有取代基。作為取代基並無特別限制,例如,可以舉出羥基、包含羰基之基團(例如,醯基、醛基及烷氧基羰基等)及氰基等。In the general formula (S2), R’’ and R’’’’ each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a halogen atom. R'' and R'''' may be bonded to each other to form a ring. As R'' and R'''', a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is preferable. As the carbon number of the alkyl group, alkoxy group, and alkoxycarbonyl group represented by R'’ and R’’’’, 1 to 15 are preferred, and as the carbon number of the cycloalkyl group, 3 to 15 are preferred. R’’’ represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group, and an alkylene group is preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by R''' is preferably from 1 to 10, and the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkylene group represented by R''' is preferably from 3 to 10. In addition, the alkylene group represented by R''' may have an ether bond in the alkylene chain. Alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy and alkoxycarbonyl represented by R'' and R'''', alkylene and cycloalkylene represented by R''', and R'' and R ""The ring formed by bonding to each other may have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a hydroxyl group, a carbonyl group-containing group (for example, an acyl group, an aldehyde group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group, etc.), a cyano group, and the like.
作為通式(S2)所表示之溶劑,例如,可以舉出丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單苯醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單苯醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、甲基-3-甲氧基丙酸酯、乙基-3-甲氧基丙酸酯、乙基-3-乙氧基丙酸酯、丙基-3-甲氧基丙酸酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、4-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、3-乙基-3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、2-乙氧基丁基乙酸酯、4-乙氧基丁基乙酸酯、4-丙氧基丁基乙酸酯、2-甲氧基戊基乙酸酯、3-甲氧基戊基乙酸酯、4-甲氧基戊基乙酸酯、2-甲基-3-甲氧基戊基乙酸酯、3-甲基-3-甲氧基戊基乙酸酯、3-甲基-4-甲氧基戊基乙酸酯及4-甲基-4-甲氧基戊基乙酸酯等。其中,丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯為較佳。 該等中,R’’及R’’’’為未經取代的烷基,R’’’為未經取代的伸烷基為較佳,R’’及R’’’’為甲基及乙基中的任意1個為更佳,R’’及R’’’’為甲基為進一步較佳。As the solvent represented by the general formula (S2), for example, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether ethyl Ester, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monophenyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol Monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, methyl-3-methoxypropionate, ethyl-3-methyl Oxypropionate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, propyl-3-methoxypropionate, ethyl methoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, 2-methoxybutane Acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 4-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-ethyl-3- Methoxybutyl acetate, 2-ethoxybutyl acetate, 4-ethoxybutyl acetate, 4-propoxybutyl acetate, 2-methoxypentyl ethyl Ester, 3-methoxypentyl acetate, 4-methoxypentyl acetate, 2-methyl-3-methoxypentyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxy Pentyl acetate, 3-methyl-4-methoxypentyl acetate and 4-methyl-4-methoxypentyl acetate, etc. Among them, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate is preferred. Among these, R'' and R'''' are unsubstituted alkyl groups, R''' is preferably an unsubstituted alkylene group, and R'' and R'''' are methyl groups and It is more preferable that any one of ethyl groups is, and it is more preferable that R" and R"" are methyl groups.
顯影液包含通式(S2)所表示之溶劑時,顯影液亦可以進一步包含1種以上的併用溶劑。作為併用溶劑,只要是能夠混合於通式(S2)所表示之溶劑中而不分離則並無特別限制,可以舉出通式(S2)所表示之溶劑以外的選自包括酯系溶劑、酮系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑、醚系溶劑及烴系溶劑之群組中的溶劑。 併用溶劑既可以係1種亦可以係2種,從獲得穩定的性能之方面考慮,1種為較佳。 顯影液為通式(S2)所表示之溶劑與1種併用溶劑的混合溶劑時,通式(S2)所表示之溶劑的含量與併用溶劑的質量比[通式(S2)所表示之溶劑的含有質量/併用溶劑的含有質量]通常為20/80~99/1,50/50~97/3為較佳,60/40~95/5為更佳,60/40~90/10為進一步較佳。When the developer contains the solvent represented by the general formula (S2), the developer may further contain one or more solvents in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the combined solvent as long as it can be mixed in the solvent represented by the general formula (S2) without separation. Examples include ester solvents, ketones and other solvents other than the solvent represented by the general formula (S2). Solvents in the group of solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents. The solvent used in combination may be one type or two types. From the viewpoint of obtaining stable performance, one type is preferable. When the developer is a mixed solvent of the solvent represented by the general formula (S2) and a combined solvent, the content of the solvent represented by the general formula (S2) and the mass ratio of the solvent represented by the general formula (S2) are The content mass/the content mass of the combined solvent] is usually 20/80~99/1, 50/50~97/3 is better, 60/40~95/5 is more preferably, 60/40~90/10 is more Better.
又,作為用作顯影液之有機溶劑,包含1個以上芳香環之醚系溶劑亦較佳,下述通式(S3)所表示之溶劑為更佳,苯甲醚為進一步較佳。In addition, as the organic solvent used as the developer, an ether solvent containing one or more aromatic rings is also preferable, the solvent represented by the following general formula (S3) is more preferable, and anisole is still more preferable.
[化學式1] [Chemical formula 1]
通式(S3)中,RS 表示烷基。作為烷基,碳數1~4為較佳,甲基或乙基為更佳,甲基為進一步較佳。In the general formula (S3), R S represents an alkyl group. As the alkyl group, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 4, the methyl group or the ethyl group is more preferable, and the methyl group is more preferable.
作為顯影液(其他顯影液),可以使用水系鹼顯影液。As the developer (other developer), an aqueous alkali developer can be used.
(沖洗製程) 沖洗製程為在上述顯影製程之後藉由沖洗液進行洗淨(沖洗)之製程。(Flushing process) The rinsing process is a process of washing (rinsing) with a rinsing liquid after the above-mentioned development process.
沖洗製程中,使用上述沖洗液對已顯影之基板進行洗淨處理。 洗淨處理的方法並無特別限制,例如能夠應用在以一定速度旋轉之基板上持續噴出沖洗液之方法(旋轉噴出法)、在裝滿沖洗液之槽中將基板浸漬一段時間之方法(浸漬法)、向基板表面噴霧沖洗液之方法(噴塗法)等,其中利用旋轉噴出方法進行洗淨處理,且在洗淨之後使基板以2000~4000rpm的轉速旋轉而從基板上去除沖洗液為較佳。 作為沖洗時間,10~300秒鐘為較佳,10~180秒鐘為更佳,20~120秒鐘為進一步較佳。 作為沖洗液的溫度,0~50℃為較佳,15~35℃為更佳。In the rinsing process, the above-mentioned rinsing solution is used to clean the developed substrate. The method of cleaning treatment is not particularly limited. For example, it can be applied to a method of continuously spraying a rinse liquid on a substrate rotating at a certain speed (rotary spray method), and a method of immersing the substrate for a period of time in a tank filled with rinse liquid (dipping Method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid on the surface of the substrate (spraying method), etc., in which the rotary jet method is used for cleaning, and after cleaning, the substrate is rotated at a rotation speed of 2000 to 4000 rpm to remove the rinsing liquid from the substrate. good. The rinse time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 10 to 180 seconds, and even more preferably 20 to 120 seconds. As the temperature of the rinse liquid, 0-50°C is preferred, and 15-35°C is more preferred.
作為沖洗液,可以使用上述處理液,亦可以使用其他沖洗液。 作為其他沖洗液,例如,可以舉出上述其他顯影液及水。As the rinsing liquid, the above-mentioned treatment liquid can be used, and other rinsing liquids can also be used. As other rinsing liquids, for example, the above-mentioned other developing liquids and water can be cited.
又,顯影處理或沖洗處理之後,能夠進行藉由超臨界流體去除附著於圖案上之顯影液或沖洗液之處理。 而且,亦可以在顯影處理、沖洗處理或基於超臨界流體之處理之後,為了去除殘留於圖案中之溶劑而實施乾燥處理。 乾燥溫度為40~160℃為較佳,50~150℃為更佳,50~110℃為進一步較佳。 作為乾燥時間,15~300秒鐘為較佳,15~180秒鐘為更佳。Furthermore, after the development process or the rinsing process, a process of removing the developer or rinsing liquid adhering to the pattern with a supercritical fluid can be performed. Furthermore, after the development process, the rinsing process, or the supercritical fluid-based process, a drying process may be performed in order to remove the solvent remaining in the pattern. The drying temperature is preferably 40 to 160°C, more preferably 50 to 150°C, and even more preferably 50 to 110°C. The drying time is preferably 15 to 300 seconds, and more preferably 15 to 180 seconds.
本發明之圖案形成方法中,作為顯影液及沖洗液中的至少1種而使用本發明的處理液。其中,本發明的處理液用作沖洗液為較佳。In the pattern forming method of the present invention, the processing liquid of the present invention is used as at least one of a developer and a rinse liquid. Among them, the treatment liquid of the present invention is preferably used as a rinse liquid.
例如,作為顯影製程中的顯影液使用酯系溶劑且作為沖洗製程中的沖洗液使用本發明的處理液來實施圖案形成時,對曝光後的阻劑膜供給顯影液和沖洗液的間隔設定為1秒鐘以上為較佳。將顯影液和沖洗液的供給間隔設定為規定時間以上,藉此能夠抑制曝光後的阻劑膜的未曝光區域的溶解性的惡化,並且能夠抑制因溶劑澆鑄法引起之缺陷增加。For example, when an ester-based solvent is used as the developer in the development process and the processing solution of the present invention is used as the rinse in the rinse process to perform pattern formation, the interval between the supply of the developer and the rinse to the exposed resist film is set to More than 1 second is preferable. Setting the supply interval of the developer and the rinsing liquid to a predetermined time or longer can suppress the deterioration of the solubility of the unexposed area of the resist film after exposure, and can suppress the increase in defects due to the solvent casting method.
另外,通常顯影液及沖洗液在使用之後通過配管而收容於通用的廢液罐中。此時,若作為顯影製程中的顯影液使用酯系溶劑且作為沖洗製程中的沖洗液使用本發明的處理液,則導致溶解於顯影液中之阻劑析出,而導致附著於基板的背面和配管側面等,進而有可能導致污染裝置。 為了解決上述問題,有一種再次使溶解阻劑之溶劑通過配管之方法。作為通過配管之方法,可以舉出使用沖洗液洗淨之後使溶解阻劑之溶劑洗淨基板的背面或側面並流出之方法和以使溶解阻劑之溶劑不接觸阻劑而通過配管之方式流出之方法。 作為通過配管之溶劑,只要是能夠溶解抗試劑者則並無特別限制,例如,可以舉出用作上述顯影液之有機溶劑。具體而言,可以舉出丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚丙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚丙酸酯、乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚(PGME)、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單丙醚、丙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、2-庚酮、乳酸乙酯、1-丙醇及丙酮等。其中,PGMEA、PGME或環己酮為較佳。In addition, the developer and the rinse liquid are usually stored in a general-purpose waste liquid tank through a pipe after use. At this time, if an ester-based solvent is used as a developer in the development process and the treatment solution of the present invention is used as a rinse in the rinsing process, the resist dissolved in the developer will be precipitated, resulting in adhesion to the back of the substrate and The side of the piping, etc., may further contaminate the device. In order to solve the above problems, there is a method of passing the solvent for dissolving the resist through the piping again. As a method of passing through the piping, there are a method of washing the back or side surface of the substrate with a solvent that dissolves the resist after washing with a rinse solution, and a method in which the solvent that dissolves the resist does not contact the resist and flows out through the piping.的方法。 The method. The solvent passing through the piping is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve the anti-reagent. For example, an organic solvent used as the above-mentioned developer can be mentioned. Specifically, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, propylene glycol Monoethyl ether propionate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol Monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, 2-heptanone, ethyl lactate, 1-propanol and acetone, etc. Among them, PGMEA, PGME or cyclohexanone are preferred.
又,作為解決上述問題之其他方法,為了預防使用後通過配管而流到廢液罐之廢液中產生阻劑的析出,可以舉出將使用後流放到配管之顯影液與沖洗液的量比調整為不會析出阻劑的量比之方法及在使用後流放到配管之顯影液及沖洗液中進一步混合對阻劑的溶解性高的溶劑之方法。作為具體的方法,例如,可以舉出在顯影製程與沖洗製程之間,向晶圓的背面連續供給SP值比本發明的處理液中所含之第一有機溶劑和/或第二有機溶劑高的有機溶劑,藉此抑制使用後通過配管流至廢液罐中之廢液中的阻劑的析出/沉澱之方法。In addition, as another method to solve the above-mentioned problems, in order to prevent the precipitation of the resist in the waste liquid flowing into the waste liquid tank through the pipe after use, the ratio of the amount of the developer and the rinse liquid flowing into the pipe after use can be mentioned. The method of adjusting the ratio of the amount of the resist without precipitation, and the method of further mixing the solvent with high solubility to the resist in the developer and rinsing liquid flowing into the pipe after use. As a specific method, for example, between the development process and the rinsing process, the continuous supply of SP value to the back of the wafer is higher than the first organic solvent and/or the second organic solvent contained in the processing solution of the present invention. This is a method of suppressing the precipitation/precipitation of the resist in the waste liquid flowing through the piping to the waste liquid tank after use.
而且,顯影液及沖洗液在使用後分別收容於不同的廢液罐中亦較佳。 例如,作為顯影製程中的顯影液使用酯系溶劑且作為沖洗製程中的沖洗液使用本發明的處理液而實施圖案形成時,若使用後通過配管而收容於同1個廢液罐中,則導致溶解於顯影液中之樹脂等的阻劑組成物中所含之成分析出(沉澱/固體化),而有可能引起裝置污染。具體而言,藉由所析出之成分,不僅發生廢液配管的堵塞,還發生處理腔室內的污染。為了解決上述問題,顯影液及沖洗液在使用後藉由配管更換或藉由處理腔室的更換而分別收容於不同的廢液罐中為較佳。又,為了去除可能會附著於處理腔室內之阻劑成分,處理腔室內部在結束處理之後使用SP值比本發明的處理液中所含之第一有機溶劑高的溶劑洗淨為較佳。Moreover, it is also preferable that the developer and the rinse liquid are separately contained in different waste liquid tanks after use. For example, when an ester solvent is used as the developer in the development process and the processing liquid of the present invention is used as the rinsing liquid in the rinsing process to perform pattern formation, if it is stored in the same waste liquid tank through piping after use, It causes the components contained in the resist composition such as resin dissolved in the developer to be analyzed (precipitation/solidification), which may cause device contamination. Specifically, due to the precipitated components, not only the clogging of the waste liquid piping, but also the contamination of the processing chamber occurs. In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, it is preferable that the developer and the rinsing liquid are separately contained in different waste liquid tanks by pipe replacement or by replacement of the processing chamber after use. In addition, in order to remove the resist component that may adhere to the processing chamber, it is better to clean the interior of the processing chamber with a solvent with a higher SP value than the first organic solvent contained in the processing liquid of the present invention after the processing is completed.
〔阻劑組成物〕 接著,作為與本發明的處理液組合使用之阻劑組成物,例如,可以係包含樹脂、光酸產生劑和/或酸擴散控制劑等之所謂的化學增幅型阻劑組成物,亦可以係代替樹脂而包含低分子酚化合物之分子阻劑組成物,亦可以係包含金屬氧化物系化合物之金屬阻劑組成物,亦可以係聚合物主鏈藉由曝光而切斷以降低分子量之主鏈切斷型阻劑組成物。 阻劑組成物可以係負型阻劑組成物,亦可以係正型阻劑組成物。 以下,對能夠與本發明的處理液組合使用之阻劑組成物的一形態之、化學增幅型阻劑組成物進行詳細敘述。 另外,以下,亦將化學增幅型阻劑組成物簡稱為阻劑組成物。〔Resist composition〕 Next, as the resist composition used in combination with the treatment liquid of the present invention, for example, a so-called chemically amplified resist composition containing a resin, a photoacid generator and/or an acid diffusion control agent, etc., may also be A molecular inhibitor composition containing low-molecular phenol compounds instead of resins can also be a metal inhibitor composition containing metal oxide compounds, or a polymer main chain that is cut by exposure to reduce the molecular weight. Cut-off resist composition. The resist composition may be a negative resist composition or a positive resist composition. Hereinafter, the chemically amplified resist composition, which is one form of the resist composition that can be used in combination with the treatment liquid of the present invention, will be described in detail. In addition, hereinafter, the chemically amplified resist composition is also simply referred to as the resist composition.
<樹脂(A)> 阻劑組成物包含藉由酸的作用進行分解而極性增大之樹脂(以下,亦稱為“酸分解性樹脂”或“樹脂(A)”。)。 亦即,圖案形成方法中,典型而言,作為顯影液採用鹼性顯影液時,較佳地形成正型圖案,作為顯影液採用有機系顯影液時,較佳地形成負型圖案。 樹脂(A)通常包含藉由酸的作用進行分解而極性增大之基團(以下,亦稱為“酸分解性基”。),且包含具有酸分解性基之重複單元為較佳。<Resin (A)> The resist composition includes a resin that is decomposed by the action of an acid to increase its polarity (hereinafter, also referred to as "acid decomposable resin" or "resin (A)"). That is, in the pattern forming method, typically, when an alkaline developer is used as the developer, a positive pattern is preferably formed, and when an organic developer is used as the developer, a negative pattern is preferably formed. The resin (A) usually contains a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to increase its polarity (hereinafter, also referred to as an "acid-decomposable group"), and preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
《具有酸分解性基之重複單元》 酸分解性基是指藉由酸的作用進行分解而產生極性基之基團。酸分解性基具有極性基被藉由酸的作用而脫離之脫離基保護之結構為較佳。亦即,樹脂(A)具有具有藉由酸的作用進行分解而產生極性基之基團之重複單元。具有該重複單元之樹脂藉由酸的作用而極性增大,因而相對於鹼顯影液之溶解度增大,且相對於有機溶劑之溶解度減少。 作為極性基,鹼可溶性基為較佳,例如,可以舉出羧基、酚性羥基、氟化醇基、磺酸基、磷酸基、磺醯胺基、磺醯基醯亞胺基、(烷基磺醯基)(烷基羰基)亞甲基、(烷基磺醯基)(烷基羰基)醯亞胺基、雙(烷基羰基)亞甲基、雙(烷基羰基)醯亞胺基、雙(烷基磺醯基)亞甲基、雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺基、三(烷基羰基)亞甲基及三(烷基磺醯基)亞甲基等酸性基、以及醇性羥基等。 其中,作為極性基,羧基、酚性羥基、氟化醇基(較佳為六氟異丙醇基)或磺酸基為較佳。"Repeating Unit with Acid Decomposable Group" The acid-decomposable group refers to a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. The acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure in which the polar group is protected by a leaving group that is detached by the action of an acid. That is, the resin (A) has a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. The resin having the repeating unit has an increased polarity due to the action of an acid, so that its solubility with respect to an alkali developer increases, and its solubility with respect to an organic solvent decreases. As the polar group, an alkali-soluble group is preferred. For example, a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonamide group, (alkyl Sulfonyl) (alkyl carbonyl) methylene, (alkyl sulfonyl) (alkyl carbonyl) imidinyl, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene, bis (alkyl carbonyl) imidin , Bis(alkylsulfonyl)methylene, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imino, tris(alkylcarbonyl)methylene and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methylene and other acidic groups , And alcoholic hydroxyl groups. Among them, as the polar group, a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), or a sulfonic acid group is preferred.
作為藉由酸的作用而脫離之脫離基,例如,可以舉出式(Y1)~(Y4)所表示之基團。 式(Y1):-C(Rx1 )(Rx2 )(Rx3 ) 式(Y2):-C(=O)OC(Rx1 )(Rx2 )(Rx3 ) 式(Y3):-C(R36 )(R37 )(OR38 ) 式(Y4):-C(Rn)(H)(Ar)Examples of the leaving group to be released by the action of an acid include groups represented by formulas (Y1) to (Y4). Formula (Y1): -C (Rx 1 ) (Rx 2 ) (Rx 3 ) Formula (Y2): -C (=O) OC (Rx 1 ) (Rx 2 ) (Rx 3 ) Formula (Y3): -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 38 ) Formula (Y4): -C (Rn) (H) (Ar)
式(Y1)及式(Y2)中,Rx1 ~Rx3 分別獨立地表示烷基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)或環烷基(單環或多環)、烯基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)或芳基(單環或多環)。另外,Rx1 ~Rx3 均為烷基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)時,Rx1 ~Rx3 中至少2個為甲基為較佳。 其中,Rx1 ~Rx3 分別獨立地表示直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基為較佳,Rx1 ~Rx3 分別獨立地表示直鏈狀的烷基為更佳。 Rx1 ~Rx3 中的2個亦可以鍵結而形成單環或多環。 作為Rx1 ~Rx3 的烷基,甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基及第三丁基等碳數1~5的烷基為較佳。 作為Rx1 ~Rx3 的環烷基,環戊基及環己基等單環的環烷基及降莰基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基及金剛烷基等多環的環烷基為較佳。 作為Rx1 ~Rx3 的芳基,碳數6~10的芳基為較佳,例如,可以舉出苯基、萘基及蒽基等。 作為Rx1 ~Rx3 的烯基,乙烯基為較佳。 作為Rx1 ~Rx3 中的2個鍵結而形成之環,環烷基為較佳。作為Rx1 ~Rx3 中的2個鍵結而形成之環烷基,環戊基或環己基等單環的環烷基、或者降莰基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基或金剛烷基等多環的環烷基為較佳,碳數5~6的單環的環烷基為更佳。 Rx1 ~Rx3 中的2個鍵結而形成之環烷基,亦可以係例如構成環之亞甲基中的1個被具有氧原子等雜原子或羰基等雜原子之基團取代、或被亞乙烯基取代。又,該等環烷基,亦可以係構成環烷烴烷之伸乙基中的1個以上被伸乙烯基取代。 式(Y1)或式(Y2)所表示之基團例如為Rx1 為甲基或乙基且Rx2 與Rx3 鍵結而形成上述環烷基之樣態為較佳。In formula (Y1) and formula (Y2), Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched) or cycloalkyl (monocyclic or polycyclic), alkenyl (linear or Branched) or aryl (monocyclic or polycyclic). In addition, when Rx 1 to Rx 3 are all alkyl groups (linear or branched), it is preferable that at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are methyl groups. Wherein, Rx 1 ~ Rx 3 each independently represents a linear or branched alkyl group is preferred, Rx 1 ~ Rx 3 each independently represent a linear alkyl group is more preferred. Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may be bonded to form a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring. As the alkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 , alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, and tertiary butyl are preferred. As Rx 1 to Rx 3 cycloalkyl, monocyclic cycloalkyl such as cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, and polycyclic cycloalkane such as norbornyl, tetracyclodecyl, tetracyclododecyl, and adamantyl The base is better. As the aryl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3, an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group. As the alkenyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 , a vinyl group is preferred. As the ring formed by bonding two of Rx 1 to Rx 3, a cycloalkyl group is preferred. As a cycloalkyl formed by bonding two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 , a monocyclic cycloalkyl such as cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, or norbornyl, tetracyclodecyl, tetracyclododecyl or A polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as an adamantyl group is preferable, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable. The cycloalkyl group formed by bonding two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may also be substituted with a group having a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group in the methylene group constituting the ring, or Replaced by vinylidene. In addition, these cycloalkyl groups may be substituted with ethylene groups in one or more of the ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane alkane. The group represented by the formula (Y1) or the formula (Y2) is preferably such that Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx 2 and Rx 3 are bonded to form the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group.
式(Y3)中,R36 ~R38 分別獨立地表示氫原子或1價的有機基。R37 與R38 亦可以彼此鍵結而形成環。作為1價的有機基,可以舉出烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基及烯基等。R36 為氫原子亦較佳。 另外,上述烷基、環烷基、芳基及芳烷基中亦可以包括具有氧原子等雜原子和/或羰基等雜原子之基團。例如,上述烷基、環烷基、芳基及芳烷基亦可以係例如亞甲基中的1個以上被具有氧原子等雜原子和/或羰基等雜原子之基團取代。 又,R38 亦可以與重複單元的主鏈所具有之另1個取代基彼此鍵結而形成環。R38 與重複單元的主鏈所具有之另1個取代基彼此鍵結而形成之基團為亞甲基等伸烷基為較佳。In formula (Y3), R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. R 37 and R 38 may also be bonded to each other to form a ring. As a monovalent organic group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, etc. are mentioned. R 36 is also preferably a hydrogen atom. In addition, the above-mentioned alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may also include a group having a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom and/or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group. For example, the above-mentioned alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may be substituted with a group having a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom and/or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group in one or more of the methylene groups. In addition, R 38 may be bonded to another substituent of the main chain of the repeating unit to form a ring. The group formed by bonding R 38 and another substituent of the main chain of the repeating unit to each other is preferably a methylene etc. alkylene group.
作為式(Y3),下述式(Y3-1)所表示之基團為較佳。As the formula (Y3), a group represented by the following formula (Y3-1) is preferred.
[化學式2] [Chemical formula 2]
在此,L1 及L2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基或者組合該等而成之基團(例如,組合烷基與芳基而成之基團)。 M表示單鍵或2價的連接基。 Q表示可以包含雜原子的烷基、可以包含雜原子的環烷基、可以包含雜原子的芳基、胺基、銨基、巰基、氰基、醛基或者組合該等而成之基團(例如,組合烷基與環烷基而成之基團)。 烷基及環烷基亦可以係例如亞甲基中的1個被具有氧原子等雜原子或羰基等雜原子之基團取代。 另外,L1 及L2 中其中1個為氫原子,另1個為烷基、環烷基、芳基、或者組合伸烷基與芳基而成之基團為較佳。 Q、M及L1 中的至少2個可以鍵結而形成環(較佳為,5員或6員環)。 從圖案的微細化的觀點考慮,L2 為二級或三級烷基為較佳,三級烷基為更佳。作為二級烷基,可以舉出異丙基、環己基或降莰基,作為三級烷基,可以舉出第三丁基或金剛烷基。該等態樣中,Tg(玻璃轉移溫度)及活性化能量變高,因此既能夠確保膜強度,又能夠抑制生鏽。Here, L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a group formed by combining them (for example, a group formed by combining an alkyl group and an aryl group). M represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Q represents an alkyl group that may contain a hetero atom, a cycloalkyl group that may contain a hetero atom, an aryl group that may contain a hetero atom, an amino group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group, an aldehyde group, or a combination of these groups ( For example, a group formed by combining an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group). The alkyl group and the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a group having a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group in a methylene group. In addition, it is preferable that one of L 1 and L 2 is a hydrogen atom, and the other is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a combination of an alkylene group and an aryl group. At least two of Q, M, and L 1 may be bonded to form a ring (preferably, a 5-membered or 6-membered ring). From the viewpoint of miniaturization of the pattern, L 2 is preferably a secondary or tertiary alkyl group, and more preferably a tertiary alkyl group. Examples of the secondary alkyl group include isopropyl, cyclohexyl, or norbornyl, and examples of the tertiary alkyl group include tertiary butyl or adamantyl. In these aspects, Tg (Glass Transition Temperature) and activation energy become higher, so that the film strength can be ensured while rust can be suppressed.
式(Y4)中,Ar表示芳香環基。Rn表示烷基、環烷基或芳基。Rn與Ar亦可以彼此鍵結而形成非芳香族環。Ar更佳為芳基。In formula (Y4), Ar represents an aromatic ring group. Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group. Rn and Ar may also bond to each other to form a non-aromatic ring. Ar is more preferably an aryl group.
從重複單元的酸分解性優異的觀點考慮,保護極性基之脫離基中,在極性基(或其殘基)上直接鍵結有非芳香族環時,上述非芳香族環中的、與直接鍵結於上述極性基(或其殘基)上之環員原子相鄰之環員原子作為取代基不具有氟原子等鹵素原子亦較佳。From the viewpoint of excellent acid decomposability of the repeating unit, when a non-aromatic ring is directly bonded to the polar group (or its residue) in the leaving group for protecting the polar group, the non-aromatic ring and the direct It is also preferable that the adjacent ring member atoms bonded to the above-mentioned polar group (or its residue) do not have a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom as a substituent.
藉由酸的作用而脫離之脫離基,另外亦可以係具有如3-甲基-2-環丙烯基那樣的取代基(烷基等)之2-環丙烯基及具有如1,1,4,4-四甲基環己基那樣的取代基(烷基等)之環己基。The leaving group detached by the action of an acid can also be 2-cyclopropenyl having substituents (alkyl etc.) such as 3-methyl-2-cyclopropenyl and having such as 1,1,4 Cyclohexyl which is a substituent (alkyl etc.) such as 4-tetramethylcyclohexyl.
作為具有酸分解性基之重複單元,式(A)所表示之重複單元亦較佳。As the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, the repeating unit represented by the formula (A) is also preferable.
[化學式3] [Chemical formula 3]
L1 表示可以具有氟原子或碘原子的2價的連接基,R1 表示可以具有氫原子、氟原子、碘原子、氟原子或碘原子的烷基、或者可以具有氟原子或碘原子的芳基,R2 表示藉由酸的作用而脫離且可以具有氟原子或碘原子的脫離基。其中,L1 、R1 及R2 中的至少1個具有氟原子或碘原子。 L1 表示可以具有氟原子或碘原子的2價的連接基。作為可以具有氟原子或碘原子的2價的連接基,可以舉出-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO2 -、可以具有氟原子或碘原子的烴基(例如,伸烷基、伸環烷基、伸烯基、伸芳基等)及由複數個該等連接而成之連接基等。其中,作為L1 ,-CO-或具有-伸芳基-氟原子或碘原子之伸烷基-為較佳。 作為伸芳基,伸苯基為較佳。 伸烷基可以係直鏈狀,亦可以係支鏈狀。伸烷基的碳數並無特別限制,1~10為較佳,1~3為更佳。 具有氟原子或碘原子之伸烷基中所包含之氟原子及碘原子的合計數並無特別限制,2以上為較佳,2~10為更佳,3~6為進一步較佳。L 1 represents a divalent linking group that may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, and R 1 represents an alkyl group that may have a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, a fluorine atom, or an iodine atom, or an aromatic that may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. A group, R 2 represents a leaving group which is released by the action of an acid and may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. Among them, at least one of L 1 , R 1 and R 2 has a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. L 1 represents a divalent linking group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. Examples of the divalent linking group that may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom include -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, and a hydrocarbon group that may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom (for example, , Alkylene, cycloalkylene, alkenylene, arylalkylene, etc.) and linking groups formed by connecting a plurality of these. Among them, as L 1 , -CO- or an alkylene group having an -arylene group-fluorine atom or an iodine atom- is preferable. As the aryl group, phenyl group is preferred. The alkylene group may be linear or branched. The carbon number of the alkylene group is not particularly limited, and 1-10 is preferred, and 1-3 is more preferred. The total number of fluorine atoms and iodine atoms contained in the alkylene group having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom is not particularly limited, and 2 or more is preferable, 2-10 is more preferable, and 3-6 is still more preferable.
R1 表示氫原子、氟原子、碘原子、可以具有氟原子或碘原子的烷基、或者可以具有氟原子或碘原子的芳基。 烷基可以係直鏈狀,亦可以係支鏈狀。烷基的碳數並無特別限制,1~10為較佳,1~3為更佳。 具有氟原子或碘原子之烷基中所包含之氟原子及碘原子的合計數並無特別限制,1以上為較佳,1~5為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳。 上述烷基亦可以包含鹵素原子以外的氧原子等雜原子。R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, or an aryl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. The alkyl group may be linear or branched. The carbon number of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, and 1-10 is preferred, and 1-3 is more preferred. The total number of fluorine atoms and iodine atoms contained in the alkyl group having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom is not particularly limited, and 1 or more is preferable, 1 to 5 are more preferable, and 1 to 3 are more preferable. The above-mentioned alkyl group may include heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms other than halogen atoms.
R2 表示藉由酸的作用而脫離且可以具有氟原子或碘原子的脫離基。 其中,作為脫離基,可以舉出式(Z1)~(Z4)所表示之基團。 式(Z1):-C(Rx11 )(Rx12 )(Rx13 ) 式(Z2):-C(=O)OC(Rx11 )(Rx12 )(Rx13 ) 式(Z3):-C(R136 )(R137 )(OR138 ) 式(Z4):-C(Rn1 )(H)(Ar1 )R 2 represents a leaving group that is released by the action of an acid and may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. Among them, examples of the leaving group include groups represented by formulas (Z1) to (Z4). Formula (Z1): -C (Rx 11 ) (Rx 12 ) (Rx 13 ) Formula (Z2): -C (=O) OC (Rx 11 ) (Rx 12 ) (Rx 13 ) Formula (Z3): -C (R 136 ) (R 137 ) (OR 138 ) Formula (Z4): -C (Rn 1 ) (H) (Ar 1 )
式(Z1)、(Z2)中,Rx11 ~Rx13 分別獨立地表示可以具有氟原子或碘原子的烷基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)、可以具有氟原子或碘原子的環烷基(單環或多環)、可以具有氟原子或碘原子的烯基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)、或者可以具有氟原子或碘原子的芳基(單環或多環)。另外,Rx11 ~Rx13 均為烷基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)時,Rx11 ~Rx13 中至少2個為甲基為較佳。 Rx11 ~Rx13 除了可以具有氟原子或碘原子這一點以外,與上述(Y1)、(Y2)中的Rx1 ~Rx3 相同,與烷基、環烷基、烯基及芳基的定義及較佳範圍相同。In the formulas (Z1) and (Z2), Rx 11 to Rx 13 each independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched) that may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, and a cycloalkyl group that may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom (Monocyclic or polycyclic), an alkenyl group (linear or branched) which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, or an aryl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom (monocyclic or polycyclic). In addition, when Rx 11 to Rx 13 are all alkyl groups (linear or branched), it is preferred that at least two of Rx 11 to Rx 13 are methyl groups. Rx 11 to Rx 13 are the same as Rx 1 to Rx 3 in (Y1) and (Y2) above, except that they may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, and have the same definitions as alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl and aryl groups And the preferred range is the same.
式(Z3)中,R136 ~R138 分別獨立地表示氫原子、或者可以具有氟原子或碘原子的1價的有機基。R137 及R138 亦可以彼此鍵結而形成環。作為可以具有氟原子或碘原子的1價的有機基,可以舉出可以具有氟原子或碘原子的烷基、可以具有氟原子或碘原子的環烷基、可以具有氟原子或碘原子的芳基、可以具有氟原子或碘原子的芳烷基及組合該等而成之基團(例如,組合烷基與環烷基而成之基團)。 另外,上述烷基、環烷基、芳基及芳烷基中除了氟原子及碘原子以外亦可以包含氧原子等雜原子。亦即,上述烷基、環烷基、芳基及芳烷基亦可以係例如亞甲基中的1個被具有氧原子等雜原子或羰基等雜原子之基團取代。 又,R138 亦可以與重複單元的主鏈所具有之另1個取代基彼此鍵結而形成環。該情況下,R138 與重複單元的主鏈所具有之另1個取代基彼此鍵結而形成之基團為亞甲基等伸烷基為較佳。In formula (Z3), R 136 to R 138 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. R 137 and R 138 may also be bonded to each other to form a ring. Examples of the monovalent organic group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom include an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, a cycloalkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, and an aromatic group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. A group, an aralkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, and a group formed by combining them (for example, a group formed by combining an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group). In addition, the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may contain heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms in addition to fluorine atoms and iodine atoms. That is, the aforementioned alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may be substituted with a group having a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group in a methylene group. In addition, R 138 may be bonded to another substituent of the main chain of the repeating unit to form a ring. In this case, the group formed by bonding R 138 and another substituent of the main chain of the repeating unit to each other is preferably a methylene etc. alkylene group.
作為式(Z3),下述式(Z3-1)所表示之基團為較佳。As the formula (Z3), a group represented by the following formula (Z3-1) is preferred.
[化學式4] [Chemical formula 4]
在此,L11 及L12 分別獨立地表示氫原子;可以具有選自包括氟原子、碘原子及氧原子之群組中的雜原子的烷基;可以具有選自包括氟原子、碘原子及氧原子之群組中的雜原子的環烷基;可以具有選自包括氟原子、碘原子及氧原子之群組中的雜原子的芳基;或者組合該等而成之基團(例如,組合可以具有選自包括氟原子、碘原子及氧原子之群組中的雜原子的烷基與環烷基而成之基團)。 M1 表示單鍵或2價的連接基。 Q1 表示可以具有選自包括氟原子、碘原子及氧原子之群組中的雜原子的烷基;可以具有選自包括氟原子、碘原子及氧原子之群組中的雜原子的環烷基;選自包括氟原子、碘原子及氧原子之群組中的芳基;胺基;銨基;巰基;氰基;醛基;或者組合該等而成之基團(例如,將可以具有選自包括氟原子、碘原子及氧原子之群組中的雜原子之烷基與環烷基組合而成之基團)。Here, L 11 and L 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom; an alkyl group that may have a hetero atom selected from the group including a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, and an oxygen atom; may have an alkyl group selected from a group including a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, and Cycloalkyl groups of heteroatoms in the group of oxygen atoms; aryl groups that may have heteroatoms selected from the group including fluorine atoms, iodine atoms, and oxygen atoms; or groups formed by combining them (for example, The combination may have a group consisting of an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group selected from the group consisting of a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, and an oxygen atom). M 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Q 1 represents an alkyl group which may have a hetero atom selected from the group including a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, and an oxygen atom; a cycloalkane which may have a hetero atom selected from the group including a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, and an oxygen atom A group; an aryl group selected from the group including a fluorine atom, an iodine atom and an oxygen atom; an amine group; an ammonium group; a mercapto group; a cyano group; an aldehyde group; A group formed by a combination of an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group selected from the group consisting of a fluorine atom, an iodine atom and an oxygen atom).
式(Z4)中,Ar1 表示可以具有氟原子或碘原子的芳香環基。Rn1 表示可以具有氟原子或碘原子的烷基、可以具有氟原子或碘原子的環烷基、或者可以具有氟原子或碘原子的芳基。Rn1 與Ar1 亦可以彼此鍵結而形成非芳香族環。In formula (Z4), Ar 1 represents an aromatic ring group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. Rn 1 represents an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, a cycloalkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, or an aryl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. Rn 1 and Ar 1 may also be bonded to each other to form a non-aromatic ring.
作為具有酸分解性基之重複單元,通式(AI)所表示之重複單元亦較佳。As the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, the repeating unit represented by the general formula (AI) is also preferable.
[化學式5] [Chemical formula 5]
通式(AI)中, Xa1 表示氫原子、或可以具有取代基的烷基。 T表示單鍵或2價的連接基。 Rx1 ~Rx3 分別獨立地表示烷基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)、環烷基(單環或多環)、烯基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)或芳(單環或多環)基。其中,Rx1 ~Rx3 均為烷基(直鏈狀或支鏈狀)時,Rx1 ~Rx3 中至少2個為甲基為較佳。 Rx1 ~Rx3 中的2個亦可以鍵結而形成單環或多環(單環或多環的環烷基等)。In the general formula (AI), Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent. T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent alkyl (linear or branched), cycloalkyl (monocyclic or polycyclic), alkenyl (linear or branched), or aromatic (monocyclic or polycyclic) Ring) base. Among them, when Rx 1 to Rx 3 are all alkyl groups (linear or branched), it is preferred that at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are methyl groups. Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may be bonded to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring (monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group, etc.).
作為Xa1 所表示之可以具有取代基之烷基,例如,可以舉出甲基或-CH2 -R11 所表示之基團。R11 表示鹵素原子(氟原子等)、羥基或1價的有機基,例如,可以舉出可以由鹵素原子取代的碳數5以下的烷基、可以由鹵素原子取代的碳數5以下的醯基及可以由鹵素原子取代的碳數5以下的烷氧基,碳數3以下的烷基為較佳,甲基為更佳。作為Xa1 ,氫原子、甲基、三氟甲基或羥甲基為較佳。Examples of the optionally substituted alkyl group represented by Xa 1 include a methyl group or a group represented by -CH 2 -R 11. R 11 represents a halogen atom (fluorine atom, etc.), a hydroxyl group, or a monovalent organic group. For example, an alkyl group with 5 or less carbons which may be substituted by a halogen atom, and an acyl group with 5 or less carbons which may be substituted by a halogen atom are mentioned. A group and an alkoxy group having 5 or less carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 3 or less carbon atoms is preferable, and a methyl group is more preferable. As Xa 1 , a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group is preferable.
作為T的2價的連接基,可以舉出伸烷基、芳香環基、-COO-Rt-基及-O-Rt-基等。式中,Rt表示伸烷基或伸環烷基。 T為單鍵或-COO-Rt-基為較佳。T表示-COO-Rt-基時,Rt為碳數1~5的伸烷基為較佳,-CH2 -基、-(CH2 )2 -基或-(CH2 )3 -基為更佳。Examples of the divalent linking group of T include an alkylene group, an aromatic ring group, a -COO-Rt- group, and a -O-Rt- group. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group. Preferably, T is a single bond or -COO-Rt- group. When T represents a -COO-Rt- group, Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbons, and a -CH 2 -group, -(CH 2 ) 2 -group or -(CH 2 ) 3 -group is more preferred good.
作為Rx1 ~Rx3 的烷基,甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基及第三丁基等碳數1~4的烷基為較佳。 作為Rx1 ~Rx3 的環烷基,環戊基及環己基等單環的環烷基、或降莰基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基及金剛烷基等多環的環烷基為較佳。 作為Rx1 ~Rx3 的芳基,碳數6~10的芳基為較佳,例如,可以舉出苯基、萘基及蒽基等。 作為Rx1 ~Rx3 的烯基,乙烯基為較佳。 作為Rx1 ~Rx3 中的2個鍵結而形成之環烷基,環戊基及環己基等單環的環烷基為較佳,除此以外,降莰基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基及金剛烷基等多環的環烷基為較佳。其中,碳數5~6的單環的環烷基為較佳。 Rx1 ~Rx3 中的2個鍵結而形成之環烷基,亦可以係例如構成環之亞甲基中的1個被具有氧原子等雜原子或羰基等雜原子之基團取代、或被亞乙烯基取代。又,該等環烷基,亦可以係構成環烷烴烷之伸乙基中的1個以上被伸乙烯基取代。 通式(AI)所表示之重複單元中,例如Rx1 為甲基或乙基,Rx2 與Rx3 鍵結而形成上述環烷基之樣態為較佳。As the alkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 , alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, and tertiary butyl are preferred. As Rx 1 to Rx 3 cycloalkyl, monocyclic cycloalkyl such as cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, or polycyclic ring such as norbornyl, tetracyclodecyl, tetracyclododecyl, and adamantyl Alkyl is preferred. As the aryl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3, an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group. As the alkenyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 , a vinyl group is preferred. As the cycloalkyl formed by bonding two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 , monocyclic cycloalkyls such as cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl are preferred. In addition, norbornyl, tetracyclodecyl, and tetracycloalkyl are preferred. Polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclododecyl and adamantyl are preferred. Among them, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is preferred. The cycloalkyl group formed by bonding two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may also be substituted with a group having a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group in the methylene group constituting the ring, or Replaced by vinylidene. In addition, these cycloalkyl groups may be substituted with ethylene groups in one or more of the ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane alkane. Among the repeating units represented by the general formula (AI), for example, Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx 2 and Rx 3 are bonded to form the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group.
上述各基團具有取代基時,作為取代基,例如,可以舉出烷基(碳數1~4)、鹵素原子、羥基、烷氧基(碳數1~4)、羧基及烷氧基羰基(碳數2~6)等。取代基中的碳數8以下為較佳。When each of the above groups has a substituent, examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (
作為通式(AI)所表示之重複單元,較佳為酸分解性(甲基)丙烯酸三級烷基酯系重複單元(為Xa1 表示氫原子或甲基並且T表示單鍵之重複單元)。The repeating unit represented by the general formula (AI) is preferably an acid-decomposable (meth)acrylate tertiary alkyl ester repeating unit (where Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group and T represents a single bond) .
具有酸分解性基之重複單元的含量相對於樹脂(A)中的總重複單元為15莫耳%以上為較佳,20莫耳%以上為更佳,25莫耳%以上為進一步較佳,30莫耳%以上為特佳。又,作為其上限值並無特別限制,90莫耳%以下為較佳,80莫耳%以下為更佳,70莫耳%更進一步較佳。The content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group is preferably 15 mol% or more with respect to the total repeating units in the resin (A), more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 25 mol% or more, More than 30 mol% is particularly good. There is no particular limitation on the upper limit, but 90 mol% or less is preferable, 80 mol% or less is more preferable, and 70 mol% is still more preferable.
以下示出具有酸分解性基之重複單元的具體例,但本發明並不限定於此。另外,式中Xa1 表示H、CH3 、CF3 及CH2 OH中的任1個、Rxa及Rxb分別表示碳數1~5的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基。Although the specific example of the repeating unit which has an acid-decomposable group is shown below, this invention is not limited to this. In addition, in the formula, Xa 1 represents any one of H, CH 3 , CF 3 and CH 2 OH, and Rxa and Rxb represent a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, respectively.
[化學式6] [Chemical formula 6]
[化學式7] [Chemical formula 7]
[化學式8] [Chemical formula 8]
[化學式9] [Chemical formula 9]
[化學式10] [Chemical formula 10]
樹脂(A)亦可以包含上述重複單元以外的重複單元。 例如,樹脂(A)亦可以包含選自包括以下A群組之群組中的至少1種重複單元和/或選自包括以下B群組之群組中的至少1種重複單元。 A群組:包括以下(20)~(29)的重複單元之群組。 (20)後述具有酸基之重複單元 (21)後述具有氟原子或碘原子之重複單元 (22)後述具有內酯基、磺內酯基或碳酸酯基之重複單元 (23)後述具有光酸產生基之重複單元 (24)後述通式(V-1)或下述通式(V-2)所表示之重複單元 (25)後述式(A)所表示之重複單元 (26)後述式(B)所表示之重複單元 (27)後述式(C)所表示之重複單元 (28)後述式(D)所表示之重複單元 (29)後述式(E)所表示之重複單元 B群組:包括以下(30)~(32)的重複單元之群組。 (30)後述具有選自內酯基、磺內酯基、碳酸酯基、羥基、氰基及鹼可溶性基中之至少1種基團之重複單元 (31)後述具有脂環烴結構且不顯示酸分解性的重複單元 (32)後述不具有羥基及氰基中的任1個的、通式(III)所表示之重複單元The resin (A) may contain repeating units other than the above repeating units. For example, the resin (A) may also include at least one repeating unit selected from the group including the following A group and/or at least one repeating unit selected from the group including the following B group. Group A: A group that includes the following repeating units (20) ~ (29). (20) Repeating unit with acid group mentioned later (21) Repeating unit with fluorine atom or iodine atom mentioned later (22) The repeating unit having a lactone group, a sultone group or a carbonate group mentioned later (23) The repeating unit with photoacid generating group mentioned later (24) The repeating unit represented by the following general formula (V-1) or the following general formula (V-2) (25) Repeating unit represented by formula (A) described later (26) Repeating unit represented by formula (B) described later (27) Repeating unit represented by formula (C) described later (28) Repeating unit represented by formula (D) described later (29) Repeating unit represented by formula (E) described later Group B: A group that includes the following repeating units (30) to (32). (30) The following repeating unit having at least one group selected from lactone group, sultone group, carbonate group, hydroxyl group, cyano group and alkali-soluble group (31) The repeating unit that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and does not show acid decomposability described later (32) The repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) that does not have any one of a hydroxyl group and a cyano group described later
阻劑組成物以EUV曝光用途或電子束曝光用途使用時,樹脂(A)具有選自包括上述A群組之群組中的至少1種重複單元為較佳。 又,阻劑組成物以EUV曝光用途或電子束曝光用途使用時,樹脂(A)包含氟原子及碘原子中的至少1種亦較佳。樹脂(A)包含氟原子及碘原子這兩者時,樹脂(A)可以具有包含氟原子及碘原子這兩者之1個重複單元,樹脂(A)亦可以包含具有氟原子之重複單元和包含碘原子之重複單元這兩者。 又,阻劑組成物以EUV曝光用途或電子束曝光用途使用時,樹脂(A)具備具有芳香族基之重複單元亦較佳。 阻劑組成物以ArF曝光用途使用時,樹脂(A)具有選自包括上述B群組之群組中的至少1種重複單元為較佳。 又,阻劑組成物以ArF曝光用途使用時,樹脂(A)不包含氟原子及珪原子中的任1種為較佳。 又,組成物以ArF用途使用時,樹脂(A)不具有芳香族基為較佳。When the resist composition is used for EUV exposure or electron beam exposure, it is preferable that the resin (A) has at least one repeating unit selected from the group including the above A group. Moreover, when the resist composition is used for EUV exposure applications or electron beam exposure applications, it is also preferable that the resin (A) contains at least one of fluorine atoms and iodine atoms. When the resin (A) contains both a fluorine atom and an iodine atom, the resin (A) may have a repeating unit including both a fluorine atom and an iodine atom, and the resin (A) may also include a repeating unit having a fluorine atom and Both of the repeating units containing iodine atoms. Moreover, when the resist composition is used for EUV exposure or electron beam exposure, it is also preferable that the resin (A) has a repeating unit having an aromatic group. When the resist composition is used for ArF exposure purposes, the resin (A) preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from the group including the above-mentioned B group. Moreover, when the resist composition is used for ArF exposure purposes, it is preferable that the resin (A) does not contain any one of a fluorine atom and a silica atom. Moreover, when the composition is used for ArF purposes, it is preferable that the resin (A) does not have an aromatic group.
《具有酸基之重複單元》 樹脂(A)亦可以具備具有酸基之重複單元。 作為酸基,pKa為13以下的酸基為較佳。 作為酸基,例如羧基、酚性羥基、氟化醇基(較佳為六氟異丙醇基)、磺酸基、磺醯胺基或異丙醇基等為較佳。 又,上述六氟異丙醇基亦可以係氟原子中的1個以上(較佳為1~2個)被氟原子以外的基團(烷氧基羰基等)取代。 如此形成之-C(CF3 )(OH)-CF2 -作為酸基較佳。又,亦可以係氟原子中的1個以上被氟原子以外的基團取代而形成包含-C(CF3 )(OH)-CF2 -之環。 具有酸基之重複單元為具有極性基被藉由上述酸的作用而脫離之脫離基保護之結構之重複單元及與具有後述內酯基、磺內酯基或碳酸酯基之重複單元不同的重複單元為較佳。"Repeating unit having an acid group" The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having an acid group. As the acid group, an acid group having a pKa of 13 or less is preferable. As the acid group, for example, a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, or an isopropanol group are preferable. In addition, the above-mentioned hexafluoroisopropanol group may be one or more (preferably 1 to 2) of the fluorine atoms substituted by groups other than the fluorine atoms (alkoxycarbonyl groups, etc.). The thus formed -C(CF 3 )(OH)-CF 2 -is preferable as the acid group. In addition, one or more of the fluorine atoms may be substituted with a group other than the fluorine atom to form a ring containing -C(CF 3 )(OH)-CF 2 -. The repeating unit having an acid group is a repeating unit having a structure in which a polar group is detached by the action of the above-mentioned acid, and a repeating unit that is different from the repeating unit having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group described later The unit is better.
具有酸基之重複單元亦可以具有氟原子或碘原子。The repeating unit having an acid group may also have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
作為具有酸基之重複單元,式(B)所表示之重複單元為較佳。As the repeating unit having an acid group, the repeating unit represented by formula (B) is preferred.
[化學式11] [Chemical formula 11]
R3 表示氫原子、或者可以具有氟原子或碘原子的1價的有機基。 作為可以具有氟原子或碘原子的1價的有機基,-L4 -R8 所表示之基團為較佳。L4 表示單鍵或酯基。作為R8 ,可以舉出可以具有氟原子或碘原子的烷基、可以具有氟原子或碘原子的環烷基、可以具有氟原子或碘原子的芳基、或者組合該等而成之基團。R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. As the monovalent organic group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, a group represented by -L 4 -R 8 is preferred. L 4 represents a single bond or an ester group. Examples of R 8 include an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, a cycloalkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, an aryl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, or a combination of these groups. .
R4 及R5 分別獨立地表示氫原子、氟原子、碘原子、或者可以具有氟原子或碘原子的烷基。R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, or an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
L2 表示單鍵或酯基。 L3 表示(n+m+1)價的芳香族烴環基或(n+m+1)價的脂環式烴環基。作為芳香族烴環基,可以舉出苯環基及萘環基。作為脂環式烴環基,可以係單環,亦可以係多環,例如,可以舉出環烷基環基。 R6 表示羥基或氟化醇基(較佳為六氟異丙醇基)。另外,R6 為羥基時,L3 為(n+m+1)價的芳香族烴環基為較佳。 R7 表示鹵素原子。作為鹵素原子,可以舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子或碘原子。 m表示1以上的整數。m為1~3的整數為較佳,1~2的整數為更佳。 n表示0或1以上的整數。n為1~4的整數為較佳。 另外,(n+m+1)為1~5的整數為較佳。L 2 represents a single bond or an ester group. L 3 represents an (n+m+1)-valent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group or an (n+m+1)-valent alicyclic hydrocarbon ring group. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include a benzene ring group and a naphthalene ring group. The alicyclic hydrocarbon ring group may be a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring group. For example, a cycloalkyl ring group may be mentioned. R 6 represents a hydroxyl group or a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group). In addition, when R 6 is a hydroxyl group, L 3 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having a valence of (n+m+1). R 7 represents a halogen atom. Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom. m represents an integer of 1 or more. It is preferable that m is an integer of 1-3, and an integer of 1-2 is more preferable. n represents an integer of 0 or more. Preferably, n is an integer of 1 to 4. In addition, (n+m+1) is preferably an integer of 1 to 5.
作為具有酸基之重複單元,下述通式(I)所表示之重複單元亦較佳。As the repeating unit having an acid group, the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (I) is also preferable.
[化學式12] [Chemical formula 12]
通式(I)中, R41 、R42 及R43 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子、氰基或烷氧基羰基。其中,R42 亦可以與Ar4 鍵結而形成環,此時的R42 表示單鍵或伸烷基。 X4 表示單鍵、-COO-或-CONR64 -,R64 表示氫原子或烷基。 L4 表示單鍵或伸烷基。 Ar4 表示(n+1)價的芳香環基,與R42 鍵結而形成環時,表示(n+2)價的芳香環基。 n表示1~5的整數。In the general formula (I), R 41 , R 42 and R 43 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group. Among them, R 42 may be bonded to Ar 4 to form a ring. In this case, R 42 represents a single bond or an alkylene group. X 4 represents a single bond, -COO- or -CONR 64 -, and R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. L 4 represents a single bond or an alkylene group. Ar 4 represents an (n+1)-valent aromatic ring group, and when it is bonded to R 42 to form a ring, it represents an (n+2)-valent aromatic ring group. n represents an integer of 1-5.
作為通式(I)中的R41 、R42 及R43 的烷基,甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、己基、2-乙基己基、辛基及十二烷基等碳數20以下的烷基為較佳,碳數8以下的烷基為更佳,碳數3以下的烷基為進一步較佳。 As the alkyl group of R 41 , R 42 and R 43 in the general formula (I), methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, hexyl, 2-ethylhexyl, Alkyl groups with 20 or less carbon atoms, such as octyl and dodecyl, are more preferable, alkyl groups with 8 or less carbon atoms, and alkyl groups with 3 or less carbon atoms are more preferable.
作為通式(I)中的R41 、R42 及R43 的環烷基,可以係單環型,亦可以係多環型。其中,環丙基、環戊基及環己基等碳數3~8個且單環型的環烷基為較佳。 作為通式(I)中的R41 、R42 及R43 的鹵素原子,可以舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子,氟原子為較佳。作為通式(I)中的R41 、R42 及R43 的烷氧基羰基中所包含之烷基,與上述R41 、R42 、R43 中的烷基相同者為較佳。 The cycloalkyl group of R 41 , R 42 and R 43 in the general formula (I) may be a monocyclic type or a polycyclic type. Among them, monocyclic cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl are preferred. Examples of the halogen atom of R 41 , R 42 and R 43 in the general formula (I) include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is preferred. The alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group of R 41 , R 42 and R 43 in the general formula (I) is preferably the same as the alkyl group in the above-mentioned R 41 , R 42 , and R 43.
作為上述各基團中的較佳的取代基,例如,可以舉出烷基、環烷基、芳基、胺基、醯胺基、脲基、胺基甲酸酯基、羥基、羧基、鹵素原子、烷氧基、硫醚基、醯基、醯氧基、烷氧基羰基、氰基及硝基。取代基的碳數8以下為較佳。As preferred substituents in each of the above groups, for example, alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, amino groups, amide groups, ureido groups, urethane groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, and halogens can be cited. Atom, alkoxy group, thioether group, acyl group, acyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, cyano group and nitro group. The carbon number of the substituent is preferably 8 or less.
Ar4 表示(n+1)價的芳香環基。n為1時的2價的芳香環基,例如為伸苯基、甲伸苯基、甲萘基及伸蒽基等碳數6~18的伸芳基、或包含噻吩環、呋喃環、吡咯環、苯并噻吩環、苯并呋喃環、苯并吡咯環、三𠯤環、咪唑環、苯并咪唑環、三唑環、噻二唑環及噻唑環等雜環之2價的芳香環基為較佳。另外,上述芳香環基亦可以具有取代基。Ar 4 represents an (n+1)-valent aromatic ring group. The divalent aromatic ring group when n is 1, for example, arylene groups having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, such as phenylene, phenylene, methylnaphthyl, and anthrylene, or containing thiophene ring, furan ring, and pyrrole. Divalent aromatic ring group of heterocycles such as ring, benzothiophene ring, benzofuran ring, benzopyrrole ring, tri-ring, imidazole ring, benzimidazole ring, triazole ring, thiadiazole ring and thiazole ring For better. In addition, the above-mentioned aromatic ring group may have a substituent.
作為n為2以上的整數之時的(n+1)價的芳香環基的具體例,可以舉出從2價的芳香環基的上述具體例中去除(n-1)個任意的氫原子而成之基團為較佳。 (n+1)價的芳香環基亦可以進一步具有取代基。As a specific example of the (n+1)-valent aromatic ring group when n is an integer of 2 or more, there can be mentioned the removal of (n-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms from the above-mentioned specific examples of the divalent aromatic ring group The resulting group is preferred. The (n+1)-valent aromatic ring group may further have a substituent.
作為上述烷基、環烷基、烷氧基羰基、伸烷基及(n+1)價的芳香環基能夠具有之取代基,例如,可以舉出在通式(I)中的R41 、R42 及R43 中舉出之烷基、甲氧基、乙氧基、羥基乙氧基、丙氧基、羥基丙氧基及丁氧基等烷氧基;苯基等芳基等。 作為X4 所表示之-CONR64 -(R64 表示氫原子或烷基)中的R64 的烷基,可以舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、己基、2-乙基己基、辛基及十二烷基等碳數20以下的烷基,碳數8以下的烷基為較佳。 作為X4 ,單鍵、-COO-或-CONH-為較佳,單鍵或-COO-為更佳。Examples of substituents that the above-mentioned alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, alkylene group, and (n+1)-valent aromatic ring group may have include, for example, R 41 in the general formula (I), Alkoxy groups such as alkyl, methoxy, ethoxy, hydroxyethoxy, propoxy, hydroxypropoxy and butoxy; aryl groups such as phenyl, etc. mentioned in R 42 and R 43. Examples of the alkyl group of R 64 in -CONR 64- (R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group) represented by X 4 include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, and second Alkyl groups with 20 or less carbon atoms, such as butyl, hexyl, 2-ethylhexyl, octyl, and dodecyl, are preferably alkyl groups with 8 or less carbon atoms. As X 4 , a single bond, -COO- or -CONH- is preferred, and a single bond or -COO- is more preferred.
作為L4 中的伸烷基,亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基、伸己基及伸辛基等碳數1~8的伸烷基為較佳。 作為Ar4 ,碳數6~18的芳香環基為較佳,苯環基、萘環基及伸聯苯環基為更佳。 通式(I)所表示之重複單元具備羥基苯乙烯結構為較佳。亦即,Ar4 為苯環基為較佳。As the alkylene group in L 4 , alkylene groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as methylene, ethylene, propyl, butyl, hexylene, and octylene are preferred. As Ar 4 , an aromatic ring group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms is preferred, and a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group, and a biphenyl ring group are more preferred. It is preferable that the repeating unit represented by the general formula (I) has a hydroxystyrene structure. That is, Ar 4 is preferably a benzene ring group.
作為上述通式(I)所表示之重複單元,下述通式(1)所表示之重複單元為較佳。As the repeating unit represented by the above general formula (I), a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1) is preferred.
[化學式13] [Chemical formula 13]
通式(1)中, A表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、鹵素原子或氰基。 R表示鹵素原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、烯基、芳烷基、烷氧基、烷基羰氧基、烷基磺醯氧基、烷氧基羰基或芳氧基羰基,具有複數個時可以相同或各不相同。具有複數個R時,彼此亦可以共同形成環。作為R,氫原子為較佳。 a表示1~3的整數。 b表示0~(5-a)的整數。In the general formula (1), A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom or a cyano group. R represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, an alkylsulfonyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or an aryloxycarbonyl group, having The plural may be the same or different from each other. When there are a plurality of Rs, they can also form a ring together. As R, a hydrogen atom is preferred. a represents an integer of 1-3. b represents an integer from 0 to (5-a).
其中,阻劑組成物所包含之樹脂具有羥基苯乙烯系重複單元為較佳。 作為羥基苯乙烯系重複單元,例如,可以舉出上述通式(1)中A表示氫原子之重複單元。Among them, the resin contained in the resist composition preferably has a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit. As the hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit, for example, a repeating unit in which A represents a hydrogen atom in the general formula (1) can be given.
以下,例示出具有酸基之重複單元。式中,a表示1或2。Hereinafter, the repeating unit having an acid group is exemplified. In the formula, a represents 1 or 2.
[化學式14] [Chemical formula 14]
[化學式15] [Chemical formula 15]
[化學式16] [Chemical formula 16]
另外,上述重複單元中,以下具體記載之重複單元為較佳。式中,R表示氫原子或甲基,a表示2或3。In addition, among the above repeating units, repeating units specifically described below are preferred. In the formula, R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a represents 2 or 3.
[化學式17] [Chemical formula 17]
[化學式18] [Chemical formula 18]
具有酸基之重複單元(較佳為羥基苯乙烯系重複單元)的含量相對於樹脂(A)中的所有重複單元為5莫耳%以上為較佳,10莫耳%以上為較佳。又,作為其上限值並無特別限制,50莫耳%以下為較佳,45莫耳%以下為更佳,40莫耳%以下為進一步較佳。The content of the repeating unit having an acid group (preferably a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit) relative to all repeating units in the resin (A) is preferably 5 mol% or more, and more preferably 10 mol% or more. There is no particular limitation on the upper limit, but 50 mol% or less is preferable, 45 mol% or less is more preferable, and 40 mol% or less is more preferable.
《具有氟原子或碘原子之重複單元》 樹脂(A)除了上述《具有酸分解性基之重複單元》及《具有酸基之重複單元》以外,還可以具備具有氟原子或碘原子之重複單元。又,這裡所說之《具有氟原子或碘原子之重複單元》與後述《具有內酯基、磺內酯基或碳酸酯基之重複單元》及《具有光酸產生基之重複單元》等屬於A群組之其他種類的重複單元不同為較佳。"Repeating unit with fluorine atom or iodine atom" The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom in addition to the above-mentioned "repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group" and "repeating unit having an acid group". In addition, the "repeating unit having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom" mentioned here, the "repeating unit having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group" and "repeating unit having a photoacid generating group" mentioned later belong to It is preferable that other types of repeating units in the A group are different.
作為具有氟原子或碘原子之重複單元,式(C)所表示之重複單元為較佳。As the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, the repeating unit represented by the formula (C) is preferred.
[化學式19] [Chemical formula 19]
L5 表示單鍵或酯基。 R9 表示氫原子、或者可以具有氟原子或碘原子的烷基。 R10 表示氫原子、可以具有氟原子或碘原子的烷基、可以具有氟原子或碘原子的環烷基、可以具有氟原子或碘原子的芳基、或者組合該等而成之基團。L 5 represents a single bond or an ester group. R 9 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, a cycloalkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, an aryl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, or a combination of these groups.
以下例示出具有氟原子或碘原子之重複單元。The repeating unit having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom is illustrated below.
[化學式20] [Chemical formula 20]
具有氟原子或碘原子之重複單元的含量相對於樹脂(A)中的總重複單元為0莫耳%以上為較佳,5莫耳%以上為更佳,10莫耳%以上為進一步較佳。又,作為其上限值,50莫耳%以下為較佳,45莫耳%以下為更佳,40莫耳%以下為進一步較佳。 另外,如上所述,具有氟原子或碘原子之重複單元中不包括《具有酸分解性基之重複單元》及《具有酸基之重複單元》,因此上述具有氟原子或碘原子之重複單元的含量亦表示除了《具有酸分解性基之重複單元》及《具有酸基之重複單元》以外的具有氟原子或碘原子之重複單元的含量。The content of the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom relative to the total repeating units in the resin (A) is preferably 0 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, and more preferably 10 mol% or more . Moreover, as the upper limit, 50 mol% or less is preferable, 45 mol% or less is more preferable, and 40 mol% or less is more preferable. In addition, as mentioned above, the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom does not include the "repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group" and the "repeating unit having an acid group", so the above-mentioned repeating unit having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom The content also means the content of the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom other than "repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group" and "repeating unit having an acid group".
樹脂(A)的重複單元中,包含氟原子及碘原子中的至少1種之重複單元的合計含量相對於樹脂(A)的總重複單元為20莫耳%以上為較佳,30莫耳%以上為更佳,40莫耳%以上為進一步較佳。上限值並無特別限制,例如為100莫耳%以下。 另外,作為包含氟原子及碘原子中的至少1種之重複單元,例如,可以舉出具有氟原子或碘原子並且具有酸分解性基之重複單元、具有氟原子或碘原子並且具有酸基之重複單元及具有氟原子或碘原子之重複單元。In the repeating unit of the resin (A), the total content of the repeating unit containing at least one of fluorine atoms and iodine atoms relative to the total repeating units of the resin (A) is preferably 20 mol% or more, 30 mol% The above is more preferable, and 40 mol% or more is even more preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 100 mol% or less. In addition, as a repeating unit containing at least one of a fluorine atom and an iodine atom, for example, a repeating unit having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom and an acid-decomposable group, and a repeating unit having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom and an acid group can be mentioned. Repeating unit and repeating unit having fluorine atom or iodine atom.
《具有內酯基、磺內酯基或碳酸酯基之重複單元》 樹脂(A)亦可以具備具有選自包括內酯基、磺內酯基及碳酸酯基之群組中的至少1種之重複單元(以下,亦統稱為“具有內酯基、磺內酯基或碳酸酯基之重複單元”)。 具有內酯基、磺內酯基或碳酸酯基之重複單元不具有六氟丙醇基等酸基亦較佳。"Repeating unit with lactone group, sultone group or carbonate group" The resin (A) may also have a repeating unit having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone group, a sultone group, and a carbonate group (hereinafter, also collectively referred to as "having a lactone group, a sultone group Or the repeating unit of the carbonate group"). It is also preferable that the repeating unit having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group does not have an acid group such as a hexafluoropropanol group.
作為內酯基或磺內酯基,只要具有內酯結構或磺內酯結構即可。內酯結構或磺內酯結構為5~7員環內酯結構或5~7員環磺內酯結構為較佳。其中,以形成雙環結構或螺環結構之形式在5~7員環內酯結構上稠合有其他環結構者、或者以形成雙環結構或螺環結構之形式在5~7員環磺內酯結構上稠合有其他環結構者為更佳。 樹脂(A)具有如下重複單元為較佳,該重複單元具有從下述通式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)中的任1個所表示之內酯結構或下述通式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)中的任1個所表示之磺內酯結構的環員原子中去掉1個以上氫原子而成之內酯基或磺內酯基。 又,內酯基或磺內酯基亦可以直接鍵結於主鏈。例如,內酯基或磺內酯基的環員原子亦可以構成樹脂(A)的主鏈。As a lactone group or a sultone group, what is necessary is just to have a lactone structure or a sultone structure. Preferably, the lactone structure or the sultone structure is a 5- to 7-membered cyclic lactone structure or a 5- to 7-membered cyclic sultone structure. Among them, in the form of forming a bicyclic structure or a spiro ring structure, the 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure is fused with other ring structures, or in the form of forming a bicyclic structure or a spiro ring structure in the form of a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone It is better to have other ring structures condensed in structure. The resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having a lactone structure represented by any one of the following general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) or the following general formula (SL1- 1) A lactone group or a sultone group obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from the ring member atoms of the sultone structure represented by any one of to (SL1-3). In addition, the lactone group or the sultone group may be directly bonded to the main chain. For example, the ring member atoms of the lactone group or the sultone group may also constitute the main chain of the resin (A).
[化學式21] [Chemical formula 21]
上述內酯結構或磺內酯結構部分亦可以具有取代基(Rb2 )。作為較佳的取代基(Rb2 ),可以舉出碳數1~8的烷基、碳數4~7的環烷基、碳數1~8的烷氧基、碳數1~8的烷氧基羰基、羧基、鹵素原子、羥基、氰基及酸分解性基等。n2表示0~4的整數。n2為2以上時,存在複數個之Rb2 可以不相同,又,存在複數個之Rb2 亦可以彼此鍵結而形成環。The aforementioned lactone structure or sultone structure part may have a substituent (Rb 2 ). Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbons, cycloalkyl groups having 4 to 7 carbons, alkoxy groups having 1 to 8 carbons, and alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbons. Oxycarbonyl group, carboxyl group, halogen atom, hydroxyl group, cyano group, acid decomposable group, etc. n2 represents an integer of 0-4. When n2 is 2 or more, the presence of a plurality of Rb 2 may not be the same, and the presence of a plurality of Rb 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
作為具備具有通式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)中的任1個所表示之內酯結構或通式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)中的任1個所表示之磺內酯結構之基團之重複單元,例如,可以舉出下述通式(AI)所表示之重複單元等。As having a lactone structure represented by any one of the general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) or a sultone represented by any one of the general formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3) Examples of the repeating unit of the group of the structure include repeating units represented by the following general formula (AI).
[化學式22] [Chemical formula 22]
通式(AI)中,Rb0 表示氫原子、鹵素原子或碳數1~4的烷基。 作為Rb0 的烷基可以具有的較佳的取代基,可以舉出羥基及鹵素原子。 作為Rb0 的鹵素原子,可以舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子。Rb0 為氫原子或甲基為較佳。 Ab表示具有單鍵、伸烷基、單環或多環的脂環烴結構之2價的連接基、醚基、酯基、羰基、羧基、或者組合該等之2價的基團。其中,單鍵、或-Ab1 -CO2 -所表示之連接基為較佳。Ab1 為直鏈狀或支鏈狀的伸烷基、或單環或多環的伸環烷基,亞甲基、伸乙基、伸環己基、伸金剛烷基或伸降莰基為較佳。 V表示從通式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)中的任1個所表示之內酯結構的環員原子中去掉1個氫原子而成之基團、或從通式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)中的任1個所表示之磺內酯結構的環員原子去掉1個氫原子而成之基團。In the general formula (AI), Rb 0 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of preferable substituents that the alkyl group of Rb 0 may have include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom. Examples of the halogen atom of Rb 0 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. Rb 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Ab represents a divalent linking group having a single bond, an alkylene group, a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, or a combination of these divalent groups. Among them, a single bond or a linking group represented by -Ab 1 -CO 2-is preferred. Ab 1 is a linear or branched alkylene group, or a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkylene group. Methylene, ethylidene, cyclohexylene, adamanthenyl or norbornanyl are more good. V represents a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the ring member atom of the lactone structure represented by any one of the general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21), or from the general formula (SL1-1 ) ~ (SL1-3) is a group formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the ring member atom of the sultone structure represented by any one of (SL1-3).
具有內酯基或磺內酯基之重複單元中存在光學異構體時,亦可以使用任一種光學異構體。又,可以單獨使用1種光學異構體,亦可以混合使用複數種光學異構體。主要使用1種光學異構體時,其光學純度(ee)為90以上為較佳,95以上為更佳。When an optical isomer is present in the repeating unit having a lactone group or a sultone group, any optical isomer may be used. In addition, one kind of optical isomer may be used alone, or plural kinds of optical isomers may be used in combination. When mainly using one optical isomer, the optical purity (ee) is preferably 90 or more, and more preferably 95 or more.
作為碳酸酯基,環狀碳酸酯基為較佳。 作為具有環狀碳酸酯基之重複單元,下述通式(A-1)所表示之重複單元為較佳。As the carbonate group, a cyclic carbonate group is preferred. As the repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate group, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (A-1) is preferred.
[化學式23] [Chemical formula 23]
通式(A-1)中,RA 1 表示氫原子、鹵素原子或1價的有機基(較佳為甲基)。 n表示0以上的整數。 RA 2 表示取代基。n為2以上時,存在複數個之RA 2 可以分別相同或各不相同。 A表示單鍵或2價的連接基。作為上述2價的連接基,伸烷基、具有單環或多環的脂環烴結構之2價的連接基、醚基、酯基、羰基、羧基、或者組合該等而成之2價的基團為較佳。 Z表示與式中的-O-CO-O-所表示之基團一起形成單環或多環之原子團。In the general formula (A-1), R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group). n represents an integer of 0 or more. R A 2 represents a substituent. When n is 2 or more, a plurality of R A 2 may be the same or different. A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. As the above-mentioned divalent linking group, an alkylene group, a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, or a combination thereof The group is preferred. Z represents an atomic group that forms a monocyclic or polycyclic ring together with the group represented by -O-CO-O- in the formula.
以下例示出具有內酯基、磺內酯基或碳酸酯基之重複單元。The following examples show repeating units having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group.
[化學式24] [Chemical formula 24]
[化學式25] [Chemical formula 25]
[化學式26] [Chemical formula 26]
具有內酯基、磺內酯基或碳酸酯基之重複單元的含量相對於樹脂(A)中的總重複單元為1莫耳%以上為較佳,5莫耳%以上為更佳。又,其上限值並無特別限制,65莫耳%以下為較佳,30莫耳%以下為更佳,25莫耳%以下為進一步較佳,20莫耳%以下為特佳。The content of the repeating unit having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group is preferably 1 mol% or more with respect to the total repeating units in the resin (A), and more preferably 5 mol% or more. In addition, the upper limit is not particularly limited, but 65 mol% or less is preferable, 30 mol% or less is more preferable, 25 mol% or less is more preferable, and 20 mol% or less is particularly preferable.
《具有光酸產生基之重複單元》 樹脂(A)作為上述以外的重複單元,亦可以具備具有藉由光化射線或放射線的照射而產生酸之基團(以下,亦稱為“光酸產生基”。)之重複單元。 該情況下,能夠認為具有該光酸產生基之重複單元相當於藉由後述光化射線或放射線的照射而產生酸之化合物(以下,亦稱為“光酸產生劑”。)。 作為這種重複單元,例如,可以舉出下述通式(4)所表示之重複單元。"Repeating unit with photoacid generating group" As a repeating unit other than the above, the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a group that generates an acid by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (hereinafter, also referred to as a "photoacid generating group"). In this case, it can be considered that the repeating unit having the photoacid generating group corresponds to a compound that generates acid by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation described later (hereinafter, also referred to as "photoacid generator"). As such a repeating unit, for example, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (4) can be given.
[化學式27] [Chemical formula 27]
R41 表示氫原子或甲基。L41 表示單鍵或2價的連接基。L42 表示2價的連接基。R40 表示藉由光化射線或放射線的照射進行分解而在側鏈產生酸之結構部位。R 41 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. L 41 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. L 42 represents a divalent linking group. R 40 represents a structural site that decomposes by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to generate acid in the side chain.
以下例示出具有光酸產生基之重複單元。The repeating unit having a photoacid generating group is illustrated below.
[化學式28] [Chemical formula 28]
[化學式29] [Chemical formula 29]
此外,作為通式(4)所表示之重複單元,例如,可以舉出日本特開2014-041327號公報的[0094]~[0105]段中記載之重複單元。In addition, as the repeating unit represented by the general formula (4), for example, the repeating unit described in paragraphs [0094] to [0105] of JP 2014-041327 A can be cited.
具有光酸產生基之重複單元的含量相對於樹脂(A)中的總重複單元為1莫耳%以上為較佳,5莫耳%以上為更佳。又,作為其上限值,40莫耳%以下為較佳,35莫耳%以下為更佳,30莫耳%以下為進一步較佳。The content of the repeating unit having a photoacid generating group is preferably 1 mol% or more with respect to the total repeating units in the resin (A), and more preferably 5 mol% or more. Moreover, as the upper limit, 40 mol% or less is preferable, 35 mol% or less is more preferable, and 30 mol% or less is more preferable.
《通式(V-1)或下述通式(V-2)所表示之重複單元》 樹脂(A)亦可以具有下述通式(V-1)或下述通式(V-2)所表示之重複單元。 下述通式(V-1)及下述通式(V-2)所表示之重複單元為與上述重複單元不同的重複單元為較佳。"Repeating unit represented by general formula (V-1) or the following general formula (V-2)" The resin (A) may have a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (V-1) or the following general formula (V-2). The repeating unit represented by the following general formula (V-1) and the following general formula (V-2) is preferably a repeating unit different from the above-mentioned repeating unit.
[化學式30] [Chemical formula 30]
式中,R6 及R7 分別獨立地表示氫原子、羥基、烷基、烷氧基、醯氧基、氰基、硝基、胺基、鹵素原子、酯基(-OCOR或-COOR:R為碳數1~6的烷基或氟化烷基)或羧基。作為烷基,碳數1~10的直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀的烷基為較佳。 n3 表示0~6的整數。 n4 表示0~4的整數。 X4 為亞甲基、氧原子或硫原子。 以下例示出通式(V-1)或(V-2)所表示之重複單元。In the formula, R 6 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, an ester group (-OCOR or -COOR: R It is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons or a fluorinated alkyl group) or a carboxyl group. As the alkyl group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferred. n 3 represents an integer of 0-6. n 4 represents an integer of 0-4. X 4 is a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. The following exemplifies the repeating unit represented by the general formula (V-1) or (V-2).
[化學式31] [Chemical formula 31]
《用於降低主鏈的運動性的重複單元》 從能夠抑制所產生之酸過度擴散或顯影時的圖案崩塌之觀點考慮,樹脂(A)的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)較高為較佳。Tg大於90℃為較佳,大於100℃為更佳,大於110℃為進一步較佳,大於125℃為特佳。另外,過度的高Tg化會導致溶解於顯影液的溶解速度下降,因此Tg為400℃以下為較佳,350℃以下為更佳。 另外,本說明書中,樹脂(A)等的聚合物的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)藉由以下方法計算。首先,藉由Bicerano法分別計算僅包括聚合物中所包含之各重複單元之均聚物的Tg。以下,將所計算之Tg稱為“重複單元的Tg”。接著,計算各重複單元相對於聚合物中的總重複單元之質量比例(%)。接著,利用Fox的式(Materials Letters 62(2008)3152等中記載)計算各質量比例下的Tg,將這些相加並作為聚合物的Tg(℃)。 Bicerano法記載於Prediction of polymer properties,Marcel Dekker Inc,New York(1993)等中。又,能夠使用聚合物的物性計算軟體MDL Polymer(MDL Information Systems,Inc.)來進行基於Bicerano法之Tg的計算。"Repeating Units Used to Reduce the Mobility of the Main Chain" From the viewpoint of suppressing excessive diffusion of the generated acid or pattern collapse during development, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the resin (A) is preferably higher. The Tg is preferably greater than 90°C, more preferably greater than 100°C, more preferably greater than 110°C, and particularly preferably greater than 125°C. In addition, an excessive increase in Tg will result in a decrease in the rate of dissolution in the developer. Therefore, the Tg is preferably 400° C. or less, and more preferably 350° C. or less. In addition, in this specification, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the polymer, such as resin (A), is calculated by the following method. First, the Tg of a homopolymer including only each repeating unit contained in the polymer is separately calculated by the Bicerano method. Hereinafter, the calculated Tg is referred to as "Tg of the repeating unit". Next, the mass ratio (%) of each repeating unit relative to the total repeating unit in the polymer is calculated. Next, the Tg at each mass ratio is calculated using the formula of Fox (described in Materials Letters 62 (2008) 3152, etc.), and these are added together and used as the Tg (°C) of the polymer. The Bicerano method is described in Prediction of polymer properties, Marcel Dekker Inc, New York (1993), etc. In addition, the calculation of Tg based on the Bicerano method can be performed using MDL Polymer (MDL Information Systems, Inc.), a software for calculating physical properties of polymers.
為了提高樹脂(A)的Tg(較佳為將Tg設為超過90℃),降低樹脂(A)的主鏈的運動性為較佳。降低樹脂(A)的主鏈的運動性之方法,可以舉出以下(a)~(e)的方法。 (a)在主鏈導入大體積的取代基 (b)在主鏈導入複數個取代基 (c)在主鏈附近導入引起樹脂(A)之間的相互作用之取代基 (d)形成環狀結構的主鏈 (e)對主鏈連接環狀結構 另外,樹脂(A)具有均聚物的Tg為130℃以上之重複單元為較佳。 另外,均聚物的Tg為130℃以上之重複單元的種類並無特別限制,只要是藉由Bicerano法計算之均聚物的Tg為130℃以上之重複單元即可。另外,依據後述式(A)~式(E)所表示之重複單元中的官能基的種類,相當於均聚物的Tg為130℃以上之重複單元。In order to increase the Tg of the resin (A) (it is preferable to set the Tg to exceed 90° C.), it is preferable to reduce the mobility of the main chain of the resin (A). As a method of reducing the mobility of the main chain of the resin (A), the following methods (a) to (e) can be cited. (A) Introduce bulky substituents in the main chain (B) Introduce multiple substituents in the main chain (C) Introduce substituents that cause interaction between resins (A) near the main chain (D) The main chain forming the ring structure (E) Connect the ring structure to the main chain In addition, the resin (A) preferably has a repeating unit having a homopolymer Tg of 130°C or higher. In addition, the type of repeating unit having a Tg of 130°C or higher for the homopolymer is not particularly limited, as long as it is a repeating unit having a Tg of 130°C or higher for the homopolymer calculated by the Bicerano method. In addition, depending on the type of the functional group in the repeating unit represented by the formula (A) to the formula (E) described later, the homopolymer corresponds to a repeating unit having a Tg of 130° C. or more.
(式(A)所表示之重複單元) 作為上述(a)的具體實現方式的一例,可以舉出在樹脂(A)導入式(A)所表示之重複單元之方法。(Repeating unit represented by formula (A)) As an example of the specific realization of the above (a), a method of introducing the repeating unit represented by the formula (A) into the resin (A) can be cited.
[化學式32] [Chemical formula 32]
式(A)中,RA 表示具有多環結構之基團。Rx 表示氫原子、甲基或乙基。具有多環結構之基團為具有複數個環結構之基團,複數個環結構可以稠合,亦可以不稠合。 作為式(A)所表示之重複單元的具體例,可以舉出下述重複單元。In the formula (A), R A represents a group having a polycyclic structures. R x represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group. A group with a polycyclic structure is a group with a plurality of ring structures, and the plurality of ring structures may or may not be fused. As specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (A), the following repeating units can be given.
[化學式33] [Chemical formula 33]
[化學式34] [Chemical formula 34]
[化學式35] [Chemical formula 35]
上述式中,R表示氫原子、甲基或乙基。 Ra表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基、烯基、羥基、烷氧基、醯氧基、氰基、硝基、胺基、鹵素原子、酯基(-OCOR’’’或-COOR’’’:R’’’為碳數1~20的烷基或氟化烷基)或羧基。另外,上述烷基、上述環烷基、上述芳基、上述芳烷基及上述烯基亦可以分別具有取代基。又,鍵結於Ra所表示之基團中的碳原子之氫原子亦可以被氟原子或碘原子取代。 又,R’及R’’分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基、烯基、羥基、烷氧基、醯氧基、氰基、硝基、胺基、鹵素原子、酯基(-OCOR’’’或-COOR’’’:R’’’為碳數1~20的烷基或氟化烷基)或羧基。另外,上述烷基、上述環烷基、上述芳基、上述芳烷基及上述烯基亦可以分別具有取代基。又,鍵結於R’及R’’所表示之基團中的碳原子之氫原子亦可以被氟原子或碘原子取代。 L表示單鍵或2價的連接基。作為2價的連接基,例如,可以舉出-COO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO2 -、伸烷基、伸環烷基、伸烯基及連接有複數個該等之連接基等。 m及n分別獨立地表示0以上的整數。m及n的上限並無特別限制,大多為2以下,更多為1以下。In the above formula, R represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group. Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, an ester group (-OCOR'"Or-COOR"':R'" is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons or a fluorinated alkyl group) or a carboxyl group. In addition, the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group may each have a substituent. In addition, the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the group represented by Ra may be substituted with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. In addition, R'and R'' each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, and a halogen atom. , Ester group (-OCOR''' or -COOR''': R''' is an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbons or a fluorinated alkyl group) or a carboxyl group. In addition, the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group may each have a substituent. In addition, the hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atoms in the groups represented by R′ and R″ may be substituted with fluorine atoms or iodine atoms. L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. As the divalent linking group, for example, -COO-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene, cycloalkylene, alkenylene and A plurality of these connecting bases etc. are connected. m and n each independently represent an integer of 0 or more. The upper limit of m and n is not particularly limited, and is often 2 or less, and more is 1 or less.
(式(B)所表示之重複單元) 作為上述(b)的具體實現方式的一例,可以舉出在樹脂(A)導入式(B)所表示之重複單元之方法。(Repeating unit represented by formula (B)) As an example of the specific realization of the above (b), a method of introducing the repeating unit represented by the formula (B) into the resin (A) can be cited.
[化學式36] [Chemical formula 36]
式(B)中,Rb1 ~Rb4 分別獨立地表示氫原子或有機基,Rb1 ~Rb4 中的至少2個以上表示有機基。 又,有機基中的至少1個為在重複單元中的主鏈直接連接有環結構之基團時,其他有機基的種類並無特別限制。 又,有機基中的任意1個都不是在重複單元中的主鏈直接連接有環結構之基團時,有機基中的至少2個以上為除了氫原子以外的構成原子的數為3個以上之取代基。In formula (B), R b1 to R b4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and at least two of R b1 to R b4 represent an organic group. In addition, when at least one of the organic groups is a group in which a ring structure is directly connected to the main chain of the repeating unit, the types of other organic groups are not particularly limited. In addition, when none of the organic groups is a group with a ring structure directly connected to the main chain of the repeating unit, at least 2 or more of the organic groups are 3 or more constituent atoms other than hydrogen atoms的Substituents.
作為式(B)所表示之重複單元的具體例,可以舉出下述重複單元。As specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (B), the following repeating units can be given.
[化學式37] [Chemical formula 37]
上述式中,R分別獨立地表示氫原子或有機基。作為有機基,可以舉出亦可以具有取代基的烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基及烯基等有機基。 R’分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基、烯基、羥基、烷氧基、醯氧基、氰基、硝基、胺基、鹵素原子、酯基(-OCOR’’或-COOR’’:R’’為碳數1~20的烷基或氟化烷基)或羧基。另外,上述烷基、上述環烷基、上述芳基、上述芳烷基及上述烯基亦可以分別具有取代基。又,鍵結於R’所表示之基團中的碳原子之氫原子亦可以被氟原子或碘原子取代。 m表示0以上的整數。m的上限並無特別限制,大多為2以下,更多為1以下。In the above formula, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Examples of the organic group include organic groups such as an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group which may also have a substituent. R'each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, an ester group (-OCOR "Or -COOR": R" is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons or a fluorinated alkyl group) or a carboxyl group. In addition, the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group may each have a substituent. In addition, the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the group represented by R'may be substituted with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. m represents an integer of 0 or more. The upper limit of m is not particularly limited, and it is often 2 or less, and more is 1 or less.
(式(C)所表示之重複單元) 作為上述(c)的具體實現方式的一例,可以舉出在樹脂(A)導入式(C)所表示之重複單元之方法。(Repeating unit represented by formula (C)) As an example of the specific realization of the above (c), a method of introducing the repeating unit represented by the formula (C) into the resin (A) can be cited.
[化學式38] [Chemical formula 38]
式(C)中,Rc1 ~Rc4 分別獨立地表示氫原子或有機基,Rc1 ~Rc4 中的至少1個為從主鏈碳在原子數3以內具有氫鍵性的氫原子之基團。其中,在引起樹脂(A)的主鏈之間的相互作用之基礎上,在原子數2以內(更靠近主鏈側)具有氫鍵性的氫原子為較佳。In formula (C), R c1 to R c4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and at least one of R c1 to R c4 is a group having a hydrogen-bonding hydrogen atom within 3 atoms of the main chain carbon group. Among them, in order to cause the interaction between the main chains of the resin (A), a hydrogen atom having a hydrogen bond within 2 atoms (closer to the main chain side) is preferred.
作為式(C)所表示之重複單元的具體例,可以舉出下述重複單元。As specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (C), the following repeating units can be given.
[化學式39] [Chemical formula 39]
上述式中,R表示有機基。作為有機基可以舉出亦可以具有取代基的烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基、烯基及酯基(-OCOR或-COOR:R為碳數1~20的烷基或氟化烷基)等。 R’表示氫原子或有機基。作為有機基,可以舉出烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基及烯基等。另外,有機基中的氫原子亦可以被氟原子或碘原子取代。In the above formula, R represents an organic group. Examples of the organic group include optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkenyl and ester groups (-OCOR or -COOR: R is an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms or fluorine化alkyl) and so on. R'represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Examples of the organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group. In addition, the hydrogen atom in the organic group may be substituted with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
(式(D)所表示之重複單元) 作為上述(d)的具體實現方式的一例,可以舉出在樹脂(A)導入式(D)所表示之重複單元之方法。(Repeating unit represented by formula (D)) As an example of the specific realization of the above (d), a method of introducing the repeating unit represented by formula (D) into the resin (A) can be cited.
[化學式40] [Chemical formula 40]
式(D)中,“cylic”表示以環狀結構形成主鏈而成之基團。環的構成原子數並無特別限制。In formula (D), "cylic" represents a group formed by forming a main chain with a cyclic structure. The number of atoms constituting the ring is not particularly limited.
作為式(D)所表示之重複單元的具體例,可以舉出下述重複單元。As specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (D), the following repeating units can be given.
[化學式41] [Chemical formula 41]
上述式中,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基、烯基、羥基、烷氧基、醯氧基、氰基、硝基、胺基、鹵素原子、酯基(-OCOR’’或-COOR’’:R’’為碳數1~20的烷基或氟化烷基)或羧基。另外,上述烷基、上述環烷基、上述芳基、上述芳烷基及上述烯基亦可以分別具有取代基。又,鍵結於R所表示之基團中的碳原子之氫原子,亦可以被氟原子或碘原子取代。 上述式中,R’分別獨立地表示烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基、烯基、羥基、烷氧基、醯氧基、氰基、硝基、胺基、鹵素原子、酯基(-OCOR’’或-COOR’’:R’’為碳數1~20的烷基或氟化烷基)或羧基。另外,上述烷基、上述環烷基、上述芳基、上述芳烷基及上述烯基亦可以分別具有取代基。又,鍵結於R’所表示之基團中的碳原子之氫原子亦可以被氟原子或碘原子取代。 m表示0以上的整數。m的上限並無特別限制,大多為2以下,更多為1以下。In the above formula, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, and a halogen atom , Ester group (-OCOR" or -COOR": R" is an alkyl or fluorinated alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbons) or a carboxyl group. In addition, the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group may each have a substituent. In addition, the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the group represented by R may be substituted with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. In the above formula, R'each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, an ester Group (-OCOR" or -COOR": R" is an alkyl group or fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons) or a carboxyl group. In addition, the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group may each have a substituent. In addition, the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the group represented by R'may be substituted with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. m represents an integer of 0 or more. The upper limit of m is not particularly limited, and it is often 2 or less, and more is 1 or less.
(式(E)所表示之重複單元) 作為上述(e)的具體實現方式的一例,可以舉出在樹脂(A)導入式(E)所表示之重複單元之方法。(Repeating unit represented by formula (E)) As an example of the specific realization of the above (e), a method of introducing the repeating unit represented by formula (E) into the resin (A) can be cited.
[化學式42] [Chemical formula 42]
式(E)中,Re分別獨立地表示氫原子或有機基。作為有機基,可以舉出亦可以具有取代基的烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基及烯基等。 “cylic”為包含主鏈的碳原子之環狀基。環狀基中所包含之原子數並無特別限制。In formula (E), Re each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. As an organic group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, etc. which may also have a substituent are mentioned. "Cylic" is a cyclic group containing carbon atoms of the main chain. The number of atoms contained in the cyclic group is not particularly limited.
作為式(E)所表示之重複單元的具體例,可以舉出下述重複單元。As specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (E), the following repeating units can be given.
[化學式43] [Chemical formula 43]
[化學式44] [Chemical formula 44]
上述式中,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基及烯基、羥基、烷氧基、醯氧基、氰基、硝基、胺基、鹵素原子、酯基(-OCOR’’或-COOR’’:R’’為碳數1~20的烷基或氟化烷基)或羧基。另外,上述烷基、上述環烷基、上述芳基、上述芳烷基及上述烯基亦可以分別具有取代基。又,鍵結於R所表示之基團中的碳原子之氫原子,亦可以被氟原子或碘原子取代。 R’分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳基、芳烷基及烯基、羥基、烷氧基、醯氧基、氰基、硝基、胺基、鹵素原子、酯基(-OCOR’’或-COOR’’:R’’係碳數1~20的烷基或氟化烷基)或羧基。另外,上述烷基、上述環烷基、上述芳基、上述芳烷基及上述烯基亦可以分別具有取代基。又,鍵結於R’所表示之基團中的碳原子之氫原子亦可以被氟原子或碘原子取代。 m表示0以上的整數。m的上限並無特別限制,大多為2以下,更多為1以下。 又,式(E-2)、式(E-4)、式(E-6)及式(E-8)中,2個R亦可以彼此鍵結而形成環。In the above formula, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, and a halogen atom , Ester group (-OCOR" or -COOR": R" is an alkyl or fluorinated alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbons) or a carboxyl group. In addition, the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group may each have a substituent. In addition, the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the group represented by R may be substituted with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. R'each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group and an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, and an ester group (-OCOR" or -COOR": R" is an alkyl group or fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons) or a carboxyl group. In addition, the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group may each have a substituent. In addition, the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the group represented by R'may be substituted with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. m represents an integer of 0 or more. The upper limit of m is not particularly limited, and it is often 2 or less, and more is 1 or less. In addition, in formula (E-2), formula (E-4), formula (E-6), and formula (E-8), two Rs may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
式(E)所表示之重複單元的含量相對於樹脂(A)中的總重複單元為5莫耳%以上為較佳,10莫耳%以上為更佳。又,作為其上限值,60莫耳%以下為較佳,55莫耳%以下為更佳。The content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (E) is preferably 5 mol% or more with respect to the total repeating units in the resin (A), and more preferably 10 mol% or more. Moreover, as the upper limit, 60 mol% or less is preferable, and 55 mol% or less is more preferable.
《具有選自內酯基、磺內酯基、碳酸酯基、羥基、氰基及鹼可溶性基中之至少1種基團之重複單元》 樹脂(A)亦可以具有具備選自內酯基、磺內酯基、碳酸酯基、羥基、氰基鹼可溶性基中之至少1種基團之重複單元。 樹脂(A)所具有之具備內酯基、磺內酯基或碳酸酯基之重複單元,可以舉出上述《具有內酯基、磺內酯基或碳酸酯基之重複單元》中說明之重複單元。較佳的含量亦如同上述《具有內酯基、磺內酯基或碳酸酯基之重複單元》中所說明的。"Repeating unit having at least one group selected from lactone group, sultone group, carbonate group, hydroxyl group, cyano group and alkali-soluble group" The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having at least one group selected from a lactone group, a sultone group, a carbonate group, a hydroxyl group, and a cyano alkali-soluble group. The repeating unit having a lactone group, a sultone group or a carbonate group possessed by the resin (A) includes the repeating unit described in the above "Repeating unit having a lactone group, sultone group or carbonate group" unit. The preferred content is also as described in the above "Repeating Unit with Lactone Group, Sultone Group or Carbonate Group".
樹脂(A)亦可以具備具有羥基或氰基之重複單元。藉此,基板密接性、顯影液親和性提高。 具有羥基或氰基之重複單元為具有被羥基或氰基取代之脂環烴結構之重複單元為較佳。 具有羥基或氰基之重複單元不具有酸分解性基為較佳。作為具有羥基或氰基之重複單元,可以舉出下述通式(AIIa)~(AIId)所表示之重複單元。The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. This improves the substrate adhesion and developer affinity. The repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted by a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. It is preferable that the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group does not have an acid-decomposable group. Examples of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group include repeating units represented by the following general formulas (AIIa) to (AIId).
[化學式45] [Chemical formula 45]
通式(AIIa)~(AIId)中, R1c 表示氫原子、甲基、三氟甲基或羥甲基。 R2c ~R4c 分別獨立地表示氫原子、羥基或氰基。其中,R2c ~R4c 中的至少1個表示羥基或氰基。較佳為R2c ~R4c 中的1個或2個為羥基,剩餘為氫原子。更較佳為R2c ~R4c 中的2個為羥基,剩餘為氫原子。In the general formulas (AIIa) to (AIId), R 1c represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group. R 2c to R 4c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a cyano group. Among them, at least one of R 2c to R 4c represents a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. Preferably, one or two of R 2c to R 4c are hydroxyl groups, and the remainder are hydrogen atoms. More preferably, two of R 2c to R 4c are hydroxyl groups, and the remainder are hydrogen atoms.
具有羥基或氰基之重複單元的含量相對於樹脂(A)中的總重複單元為5莫耳%以上為較佳,10莫耳%以上為更佳。又,作為其上限值,40莫耳%以下為較佳,35莫耳%以下為更佳,30莫耳%以下為進一步較佳。The content of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably 5 mol% or more with respect to the total repeating units in the resin (A), and more preferably 10 mol% or more. Moreover, as the upper limit, 40 mol% or less is preferable, 35 mol% or less is more preferable, and 30 mol% or less is more preferable.
以下舉出具有羥基或氰基之重複單元的具體例,但本發明並不限定於該等。Specific examples of repeating units having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group are given below, but the present invention is not limited to these.
[化學式46] [Chemical formula 46]
樹脂(A)亦可以具備具有鹼可溶性基之重複單元。 作為鹼可溶性基,可以舉出羧基、磺醯胺基、磺醯基醯亞胺基、雙磺醯基醯亞胺基及α位被拉電子基團取代之脂肪族醇(例如,六氟異丙醇基),羧基為較佳。樹脂(A)藉由包含具有鹼可溶性基之重複單元,以接觸孔用途使用時的解析度增加。 作為具有鹼可溶性基之重複單元,可以舉出如基於丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸之重複單元這樣的在樹脂的主鏈直接鍵結有鹼可溶性基之重複單元、或經由連接基在樹脂的主鏈鍵結有鹼可溶性基之重複單元。另外,連接基亦可以具有單環或多環的環狀烴結構。 作為具有鹼可溶性基之重複單元,基於丙烯酸或甲基丙烯酸之重複單元為較佳。The resin (A) may have a repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group. Examples of alkali-soluble groups include carboxyl, sulfonamide, sulfonamido, bissulfonamido, and aliphatic alcohols substituted by electron withdrawing groups at the α position (for example, hexafluoroiso Propanol group), carboxyl group is preferred. Resin (A) contains a repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group, so that the resolution when used for contact hole applications is increased. Examples of the repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group include repeating units based on acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, such as repeating units having an alkali-soluble group directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, or bonding to the main chain of the resin via a linking group. Repeating units with alkali-soluble groups. In addition, the linking group may have a monocyclic or polycyclic cyclic hydrocarbon structure. As the repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group, a repeating unit based on acrylic acid or methacrylic acid is preferred.
具有鹼可溶性基之重複單元的含量相對於樹脂(A)中的總重複單元為0莫耳%以上為較佳,3莫耳%以上為更佳,5莫耳%以上為進一步較佳。作為其上限值,20莫耳%以下為較佳,15莫耳%以下為更佳,10莫耳%以下為進一步較佳。The content of the repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group is preferably 0 mol% or more with respect to the total repeating units in the resin (A), more preferably 3 mol% or more, and even more preferably 5 mol% or more. As the upper limit, 20 mol% or less is preferable, 15 mol% or less is more preferable, and 10 mol% or less is more preferable.
以下示出具有鹼可溶性基之重複單元的具體例,但本發明並不限定於此。具體例中,Rx表示H、CH3 、CH2 OH或CF3 。Although the specific example of the repeating unit which has an alkali-soluble group is shown below, this invention is not limited to this. In specific examples, Rx represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH or CF 3 .
[化學式47] [Chemical formula 47]
作為具有選自內酯基、羥基、氰基及鹼可溶性基中之至少1種基團之重複單元,具有選自內酯基、羥基、氰基及鹼可溶性基中之至少2種之重複單元為較佳,具有氰基和內酯基之重複單元為更佳,具有在通式(LC1-4)所表示之內酯結構上由氰基所取代之結構之重複單元為進一步較佳。As a repeating unit having at least one group selected from a lactone group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and an alkali-soluble group, a repeating unit having at least two types selected from a lactone group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and an alkali-soluble group Preferably, a repeating unit having a cyano group and a lactone group is more preferred, and a repeating unit having a structure in which a cyano group is substituted on the lactone structure represented by the general formula (LC1-4) is even more preferred.
《具有脂環烴結構且不顯示酸分解性的重複單元》 樹脂(A)亦可以具有脂環烴結構且具有不顯示酸分解性的重複單元。藉此能夠減少在液浸曝光時低分子成分從阻劑膜溶出於液浸液。作為這種重複單元,例如,可以舉出來自於1-金剛烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、鑽石烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三環癸基(甲基)丙烯酸酯或環己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯的重複單元等。"Repeating units that have an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and do not show acid decomposability" The resin (A) may have an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and a repeating unit that does not show acid decomposability. This can reduce the elution of low-molecular components from the resist film into the liquid immersion liquid during liquid immersion exposure. Examples of such repeating units include 1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, diamond alkyl (meth)acrylate, tricyclodecyl (meth)acrylate, or cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate. Base) Repeating units of acrylate, etc.
《不具有羥基及氰基中的任一種且通式(III)所表示之重複單元》 樹脂(A)亦可以具有不具有羥基及氰基中的任一種且具有通式(III)所表示之重複單元。"Repeating unit represented by general formula (III) without any of hydroxyl group and cyano group" The resin (A) may not have any of a hydroxyl group and a cyano group and may have a repeating unit represented by the general formula (III).
[化學式48] [Chemical formula 48]
通式(III)中,R5 表示具有至少1種環狀結構且不具有羥基及氰基中的任一種的烴基。 Ra表示氫原子、烷基或-CH2 -O-Ra2 基。式中,Ra2 表示氫原子、烷基或醯基。In the general formula (III), R 5 represents a hydrocarbon group having at least one cyclic structure and not having any of a hydroxyl group and a cyano group. Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a -CH 2 -O-Ra 2 group. In the formula, Ra 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an acyl group.
R5 所具有之環狀結構中包含單環式烴基及多環式烴基。作為單環式烴基,例如,可以舉出碳數3~12(更佳為碳數3~7)的環烷基或碳數3~12的環烯基。The cyclic structure of R 5 includes a monocyclic hydrocarbon group and a polycyclic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the monocyclic hydrocarbon group include a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms) or a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms.
作為多環式烴基,可以舉出環集合烴基及交聯環式烴基。 作為交聯環式烴環,可以舉出2環式烴環、3環式烴環及4環式烴環等。又,作為交聯環式烴環,亦包括稠合有複數個5~8員環烷烴環之稠合環。 作為交聯環式烴基,降莰基、金剛烷基、雙環辛烷基或三環[5,2,1,02,6 ]癸基為較佳,降莰基或金剛烷基為更佳。Examples of the polycyclic hydrocarbon group include a ring assembly hydrocarbon group and a crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a bicyclic hydrocarbon ring, a tricyclic hydrocarbon ring, and a tetracyclic hydrocarbon ring. In addition, as a crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring, a fused ring in which a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings are fused is also included. As the cross-linked cyclic hydrocarbon group, norbornyl, adamantyl, bicyclooctyl or tricyclo[5,2,1,0 2,6 ]decyl is preferred, norbornyl or adamantyl is more preferred .
脂環式烴基亦可以具有取代基,作為取代基可以舉出鹵素原子、烷基、被保護基保護之羥基及被保護基保護之胺基。 作為鹵素原子,溴原子、氯原子或氟原子為較佳。 作為烷基,甲基、乙基、丁基或第三丁基為較佳。 上述烷基亦可以進一步具有取代基,作為取代基,可以舉出鹵素原子、烷基、被保護基保護之羥基或被保護基保護之胺基。The alicyclic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group protected by a protective group, and an amine group protected by a protective group. As the halogen atom, a bromine atom, a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom is preferred. As the alkyl group, methyl, ethyl, butyl or tertiary butyl is preferred. The above-mentioned alkyl group may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group protected by a protective group, or an amino group protected by a protective group.
作為保護基,例如,可以舉出烷基、環烷基、芳烷基、經取代甲基、經取代乙基、烷氧基羰基及芳烷氧基羰基。 作為烷基,碳數1~4的烷基為較佳。 作為經取代甲基,甲氧基甲基、甲氧基硫甲基、苄氧基甲基、第三丁氧基甲基或2-甲氧基乙氧基甲基為較佳。 作為經取代乙基,1-乙氧基乙基或1-甲基-1-甲氧基乙基為較佳。 作為醯基,甲醯基、乙醯基、丙醯基、丁醯基、異丁醯基、戊醯基及三甲基乙醯基等碳數1~6的脂肪族醯基為較佳。 作為烷氧基羰基,碳數1~4的烷氧基羰基為較佳。Examples of the protective group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, a substituted methyl group, a substituted ethyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and an aralkoxycarbonyl group. As the alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferred. As the substituted methyl group, methoxymethyl, methoxythiomethyl, benzyloxymethyl, tert-butoxymethyl, or 2-methoxyethoxymethyl is preferred. As the substituted ethyl group, 1-ethoxyethyl or 1-methyl-1-methoxyethyl is preferred. As the acyl group, aliphatic acyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, pentanyl, and trimethylacetyl, are preferred. As the alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferred.
不具有羥基及氰基中的任一種且通式(III)所表示之重複單元的含量相對於樹脂(A)中的總重複單元為0~40莫耳%為較佳,0~20莫耳%為更佳。 以下舉出通式(III)所表示之重複單元的具體例,但本發明並不限定於該等。式中,Ra表示H、CH3 、CH2 OH或CF3 。It does not have any of a hydroxyl group and a cyano group, and the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) is preferably 0-40 mol% relative to the total repeating units in the resin (A), 0-20 mol% % Is better. Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) are given below, but the present invention is not limited to these. In the formula, Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH or CF 3 .
[化學式49] [Chemical formula 49]
《其他重複單元》 而且,樹脂(A)亦可以具有上述重複單元以外的重複單元。 例如樹脂(A)亦可以具有選自包括具有氧硫口山環基之重複單元、具有㗁唑啉酮環基之重複單元、具有二㗁口山環基之重複單元及具有乙內醯脲環基之重複單元之群組中的重複單元。 以下例示出這種重複單元。"Other Repeating Units" Furthermore, the resin (A) may have repeating units other than the above repeating units. For example, the resin (A) may also have a repeating unit selected from the group consisting of a repeating unit having an oxythiophene ring group, a repeating unit having a azolinone ring group, a repeating unit having a diazolinone ring group, and a hydantoin ring A repeating unit in a group of basic repeating units. Examples of such repeating units are shown below.
[化學式50] [Chemical formula 50]
樹脂(A)除了上述重複結構單位以外,亦可以以調節耐乾蝕刻性、標準顯影液適應性、基板密接性、阻劑輪廓、解析力、耐熱性及靈敏度等之目的而具有各種重複結構單位。In addition to the above repeating structural units, the resin (A) can also have various repeating structural units for the purpose of adjusting dry etching resistance, standard developer compatibility, substrate adhesion, resist profile, resolution, heat resistance, and sensitivity.
作為樹脂(A),(尤其,組成物以ArF用途使用時)重複單元均由(甲基)丙烯酸酯系重複單元構成亦較佳。該情況下,能夠使用重複單元均為甲基丙烯酸酯系重複單元者、重複單元均為丙烯酸酯系重複單元者、重複單元均為基於甲基丙烯酸酯系重複單元和丙烯酸酯系重複單元者中的任一種,丙烯酸酯系重複單元為總重複單元的50莫耳%以下為較佳。As the resin (A), (especially, when the composition is used for ArF applications), all repeating units are preferably composed of (meth)acrylate-based repeating units. In this case, it is possible to use those whose repeating units are all methacrylate-based repeating units, those whose repeating units are all acrylate-based repeating units, and those whose repeating units are all based on methacrylate-based repeating units and acrylate-based repeating units. In either case, the acrylate-based repeating unit is preferably 50 mol% or less of the total repeating unit.
樹脂(A)能夠按照常規方法(例如自由基聚合)合成。 作為藉由GPC法進行之聚苯乙烯換算值,樹脂(A)的重量平均分子量為1000~200000為較佳,3000~20000為更佳,5000~15000為進一步較佳。藉由將樹脂(A)的重量平均分子量設為1000~200000,能夠進一步抑制耐熱性及耐乾蝕刻性的劣化。又,還能夠進一步抑制顯影性劣化及因黏度增高而導致製膜性劣化。 樹脂(A)的分散度(分子量分布)通常為1~5,1~3為較佳,1.2~3.0為更佳,1.2~2.0為進一步較佳。分散度越小,則解析度及阻劑形狀更佳優異,而且,阻劑圖案的側壁更光滑,且粗糙性更優異。The resin (A) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization). As a polystyrene conversion value by the GPC method, the weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 3,000 to 20,000, and more preferably 5,000 to 15,000. By setting the weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) to 1,000 to 200,000, it is possible to further suppress the deterioration of heat resistance and dry etching resistance. In addition, it is possible to further suppress deterioration of developability and deterioration of film forming properties due to increased viscosity. The degree of dispersion (molecular weight distribution) of the resin (A) is usually 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1.2 to 3.0, and even more preferably 1.2 to 2.0. The smaller the dispersion, the better the resolution and the shape of the resist, and the sidewalls of the resist pattern are smoother and the roughness is better.
阻劑組成物中,樹脂(A)的含量相對於組成物的總固體成分為50~99.9質量%為較佳,60~99.0質量%為更佳。 另外,固體成分表示組成物中除了溶劑以外的成分,只要是溶劑以外的成分,既可以係液態成分亦可以係固體成分。 又,樹脂(A)可以使用1種,亦可以併用複數種。In the resist composition, the content of the resin (A) relative to the total solid content of the composition is preferably 50 to 99.9% by mass, and more preferably 60 to 99.0% by mass. In addition, the solid content means a component other than the solvent in the composition, and as long as it is a component other than the solvent, it may be a liquid component or a solid component. Moreover, resin (A) may use 1 type, and may use multiple types together.
<藉由光化射線或放射線產生酸之化合物(光酸產生劑)> 化學增幅型阻劑組成物包含藉由光化射線或放射線產生酸之化合物(以下,亦稱為“光酸產生劑(PAG:Photo Acid Generator)”。)為較佳。 光酸產生劑可以係低分子化合物的形態,亦可以係組入於聚合物的一部分之形態。又,亦可以併用低分子化合物的形態與組入於聚合物的一部分之形態。 又,光酸產生劑為低分子化合物的形態時,光酸產生劑的分子量為3000以下為較佳,2000以下為更佳,1000以下為進一步較佳。 光酸產生劑為組入於聚合物的一部分之形態時,可以組入於樹脂(A)的一部分,亦可以組入於與樹脂(A)不同的樹脂。 本發明中,光酸產生劑為低分子化合物的形態為較佳。 作為光酸產生劑,只要是公知者,則並無特別限制,但光化射線或放射線較佳為藉由電子束或極紫外線的照射而產生有機酸例如磺酸、雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺或三(烷基磺醯基)甲基化物中的至少任一種之化合物為較佳。 可以更佳地舉出下述通式(ZI)、(ZII)及(ZIII)所表示之化合物。<Compounds that generate acid by actinic rays or radiation (photoacid generator)> The chemically amplified resist composition preferably contains a compound that generates acid by actinic rays or radiation (hereinafter, also referred to as “photo acid generator (PAG: Photo Acid Generator)”). The photoacid generator may be in the form of a low-molecular compound, or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer. In addition, the form of a low-molecular compound and the form of a part of the polymer may be used in combination. In addition, when the photoacid generator is in the form of a low-molecular compound, the molecular weight of the photoacid generator is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and more preferably 1000 or less. When the photoacid generator is incorporated in a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated in a part of the resin (A) or may be incorporated in a resin different from the resin (A). In the present invention, it is preferable that the photoacid generator is a low-molecular compound. The photoacid generator is not particularly limited as long as it is a well-known one, but it is preferable that actinic rays or radiation are irradiated with electron beams or extreme ultraviolet rays to generate organic acids such as sulfonic acid, bis(alkylsulfonyl sulfonate) ) A compound of at least one of imidine and tris(alkylsulfonyl) methide is preferred. More preferably, compounds represented by the following general formulas (ZI), (ZII), and (ZIII) can be cited.
[化學式51] [Chemical formula 51]
上述通式(ZI)中,R201 、R202 及R203 分別獨立地表示有機基。 作為R201 、R202 及R203 的有機基的碳數,1~30為較佳,1~20為更佳。 又,R201 ~R203 中2個可以鍵結而形成環結構,亦可以在環內包含氧原子、硫原子、酯鍵、醯胺鍵或羰基。作為R201 ~R203 中的2個鍵結而形成之基團,可舉伸烷基(例如,伸丁基及戊烯基)。 Z- 表示非親核性陰離子(引起親核反應之能力顯著低的陰離子)。In the above general formula (ZI), R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group. As the carbon number of the organic group of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 , 1-30 is preferable, and 1-20 is more preferable. In addition, two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, or an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group may be contained in the ring. Examples of the group formed by bonding two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (for example, a butylene group and a pentenyl group). Z - represents a non-nucleophilic anion (an anion whose ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction is significantly lower).
作為非親核性陰離子,例如,可以舉出磺酸陰離子(脂肪族磺酸陰離子、芳香族磺酸陰離子及樟腦磺酸陰離子等)、羧酸陰離子(脂肪族羧酸陰離子、芳香族羧酸陰離子及芳烷基羧酸陰離子等)、磺醯基醯亞胺陰離子、雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子及三(烷基磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子等。Examples of non-nucleophilic anions include sulfonic acid anions (aliphatic sulfonic acid anions, aromatic sulfonic acid anions, camphorsulfonic acid anions, etc.), carboxylic acid anions (aliphatic carboxylic acid anions, aromatic carboxylic acid anions, etc.) And aralkyl carboxylic acid anion, etc.), sulfonylimide anion, bis(alkylsulfonyl) iminium anion and tri(alkylsulfonyl) methide anion, etc.
脂肪族磺酸陰離子及脂肪族羧酸陰離子中的脂族部位可以係烷基,亦可以係環烷基,較佳為碳數1~30的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的烷基及碳數3~30的環烷基。The aliphatic part in the aliphatic sulfonic acid anion and the aliphatic carboxylic acid anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and a carbon number 3-30 cycloalkyl.
作為芳香族磺酸陰離子及芳香族羧酸陰離子中的芳香族基,碳數6~14的芳基為較佳。例如,可以舉出苯基、甲苯基及萘基等。As the aromatic group in the aromatic sulfonic acid anion and the aromatic carboxylic acid anion, an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms is preferred. For example, a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a naphthyl group, etc. can be mentioned.
上述烷基、環烷基及芳基亦可以具有取代基。作為具體例,可以舉出硝基、氟原子等鹵素原子、羧基、羥基、胺基、氰基、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~15)、環烷基(較佳為碳數3~15)、芳基(較佳為碳數6~14)、烷氧基羰基(較佳為碳數2~7為較佳)、醯基(較佳為碳數2~12)、烷氧基羰氧基(較佳為碳數2~7)、烷硫基(較佳為碳數1~15)、烷基磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~15)、烷基亞胺基磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~15)、芳氧基磺醯基(較佳為碳數6~20)、烷基芳氧基磺醯基(較佳為碳數7~20)、環烷基芳氧基磺醯基(較佳為碳數10~20)、烷氧基烷氧基(較佳為碳數5~20)及環烷基烷氧基烷氧基(較佳為碳數8~20)等。
關於各基團所具有之芳基及環結構,作為取代基還可以舉出烷基(較佳為碳數1~15)。The above-mentioned alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group may have a substituent. Specific examples include halogen atoms such as nitro group and fluorine atom, carboxyl group, hydroxyl group, amino group, cyano group, alkoxy group (preferably carbon number 1-15), cycloalkyl group (preferably
作為芳烷基羧酸陰離子中的芳烷基,碳數7~12的芳烷基為較佳。例如,可以舉出苄基、苯乙基、萘基甲基、萘基乙基及萘基丁基等。As the aralkyl group in the aralkylcarboxylic acid anion, an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms is preferred. For example, a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a naphthylethyl group, a naphthylbutyl group, etc. can be mentioned.
作為磺醯基醯亞胺陰離子,例如,可以舉出糖精(saccharin)陰離子。As the sulfonylimine anion, for example, a saccharin anion can be cited.
雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子或三(烷基磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子中的烷基為碳數1~5的烷基為較佳。作為該等烷基的取代基,可以舉出鹵素原子、被鹵素原子取代之烷基、烷氧基、烷硫基、烷氧基磺醯基、芳氧基磺醯基及環烷基芳氧基磺醯基等,氟原子或被氟原子取代之烷基為較佳。 又,雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子中的烷基亦可以彼此鍵結而形成環結構。藉此,酸強度增加。Preferably, the alkyl group in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion or the tri(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Examples of substituents of these alkyl groups include halogen atoms, alkyl groups substituted by halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, alkoxysulfonyl groups, aryloxysulfonyl groups, and cycloalkylaryloxy groups. For the sulfonyl group and the like, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferred. In addition, the alkyl groups in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. With this, the acid strength increases.
作為其他非親和性陰離子,例如,可以舉出氟化磷(例如,PF6 - )、氟化硼(例如,BF4 - )、氟化銻(例如,SbF6 - )等。As another non-affinity anions, e.g., fluorinated phosphorus can include (e.g., PF 6 -), boron trifluoride (e.g., BF 4 -), antimony fluoride (e.g., SbF 6 -) and the like.
作為非親和性陰離子,磺酸中的至少α位被氟原子取代之脂肪族磺酸陰離子、被氟原子或具有氟原子之基團取代之芳香族磺酸陰離子、烷基被氟原子取代之雙(烷基磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子及烷基被氟原子取代之三(烷基磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子為較佳。作為非親和性陰離子,全氟脂肪族磺酸陰離子(較佳為碳數4~8)或具有氟原子之苯磺酸陰離子為更佳,九氟丁烷磺酸陰離子、全氟辛烷磺酸陰離子、五氟苯磺酸陰離子或3,5-雙(三氟甲基)苯磺酸陰離子為更佳。As non-affinity anions, aliphatic sulfonic acid anions in which at least the α-position in sulfonic acid is substituted by fluorine atoms, aromatic sulfonic acid anions substituted by fluorine atoms or groups with fluorine atoms, and double alkyl groups substituted by fluorine atoms (Alkylsulfonyl)imide anion and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion in which the alkyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom are preferred. As the non-affinity anion, perfluoroaliphatic sulfonic acid anion (preferably carbon 4-8) or benzenesulfonic acid anion with fluorine atom is more preferred, nonafluorobutane sulfonic acid anion, perfluorooctane sulfonic acid Anion, pentafluorobenzenesulfonic acid anion or 3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzenesulfonic acid anion is more preferable.
從酸強度或靈敏度的觀點考慮,產生酸的pKa為-1以下為較佳。From the standpoint of acid strength or sensitivity, the pKa of the generated acid is preferably -1 or less.
又,作為非親和性陰離子,作為較佳的樣態亦可以舉出以下通式(AN1)所表示之陰離子。Moreover, as a non-affinity anion, the anion represented by the following general formula (AN1) can also be mentioned as a preferable aspect.
[化學式52] [Chemical formula 52]
式中,Xf分別獨立地表示氟原子、或被至少1個氟原子取代之烷基。 R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、氟原子或烷基,存在複數個時的R1 、R2 可以分別相同或各不相同。 L表示2價的連接基,存在複數個時的L可以相同或各不相同。 A表示環狀的有機基。 x表示1~20的整數,y表示0~10的整數,z表示0~10的整數。In the formula, Xf each independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group, and when a plurality of R 1 and R 2 are present, they may be the same or different. L represents a divalent linking group, and when a plurality of them are present, L may be the same or different from each other. A represents a cyclic organic group. x represents an integer of 1-20, y represents an integer of 0-10, and z represents an integer of 0-10.
對通式(AN1)進一步詳細說明。 作為Xf的被氟原子取代之烷基中的烷基的碳數,1~10為較佳,1~4為更佳。又,Xf的被氟原子取代之烷基為全氟烷基為較佳。 作為Xf,氟原子或碳數1~4的全氟烷基為較佳。作為Xf的具體例,可以舉出氟原子、CF3 、C2 F5 、C3 F7 、C4 F9 、CH2 CF3 、CH2 CH2 CF3 、CH2 C2 F5 、CH2 CH2 C2 F5 、CH2 C3 F7 、CH2 CH2 C3 F7 、CH2 C4 F9 及CH2 CH2 C4 F9 。其中,氟原子或CF3 為較佳。 尤其,2個Xf為氟原子為較佳。The general formula (AN1) is explained in further detail. As the carbon number of the alkyl group in the alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom of Xf, 1-10 is preferable, and 1-4 are more preferable. Furthermore, the alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom of Xf is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group. Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specific examples of Xf include fluorine atom, CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 C 4 F 9 and CH 2 CH 2 C 4 F 9 . Among them, a fluorine atom or CF 3 is preferred. In particular, it is preferable that two Xf are fluorine atoms.
R1 及R2 的烷基亦可以具有取代基(較佳為氟原子),碳數1~4為較佳。其中,R1 及R2 的烷基為碳數1~4的全氟烷基為較佳。作為R1 及R2 的具有取代基之烷基的具體例,可以舉出CF3 、C2 F5 、C3 F7 、C4 F9 、C5 F11 、C6 F13 、C7 F15 、C8 F17 、CH2 CF3 、CH2 CH2 CF3 、CH2 C2 F5 、CH2 CH2 C2 F5 、CH2 C3 F7 、CH2 CH2 C3 F7 、CH2 C4 F9 及CH2 CH2 C4 F9 。其中,CF3 為較佳。 作為R1 及R2 ,氟原子或CF3 為較佳。The alkyl group of R 1 and R 2 may have a substituent (preferably a fluorine atom), and the carbon number is preferably 1 to 4. Among them, the alkyl group of R 1 and R 2 is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the alkyl group having substituents for R 1 and R 2 include CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , C 5 F 11 , C 6 F 13 , and C 7 F 15 , C 8 F 17 , CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 CH 2 C 3 F 7. CH 2 C 4 F 9 and CH 2 CH 2 C 4 F 9 . Among them, CF 3 is preferred. As R 1 and R 2 , a fluorine atom or CF 3 is preferable.
x為1~10為較佳,1~5為更佳。 y為0~4為較佳,0為更佳。 z為0~5為較佳,0~3為更佳。 作為L的2價的連接基,並無特別限制,可以舉出-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO2 -、伸烷基、伸環烷基、伸烯基及連接有複數個該等之連接基等。其中,總碳數12以下的連接基為較佳。又,-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-或-O-為較佳,-COO-或-OCO-為更佳。It is preferable that x is 1-10, and it is more preferable that it is 1-5. It is preferable that y is 0-4, and 0 is more preferable. It is preferable that z is 0-5, and it is more preferable that it is 0-3. The divalent linking group of L is not particularly limited, and examples include -COO-, -OCO-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene, Cycloalkylene, alkenylene, and linking groups to which a plurality of these are connected, and the like. Among them, a linking group having a total carbon number of 12 or less is preferred. Furthermore, -COO-, -OCO-, -CO- or -O- is preferable, and -COO- or -OCO- is more preferable.
上述通式(AN1)中,作為A以外的部分結構的組合,SO3- -CF2 -CH2 -OCO-、SO3- -CF2 -CHF-CH2 -OCO-、SO3- -CF2 -COO-、SO3- -CF2 -CF2 -CH2 -及SO3- -CF2 -CH(CF3 )-OCO-為較佳。In the above general formula (AN1), as a combination of partial structures other than A, SO 3- -CF 2 -CH 2 -OCO-, SO 3- -CF 2 -CHF-CH 2 -OCO-, SO 3- -CF 2 -COO-, SO 3- -CF 2 -CF 2 -CH 2 -and SO 3- -CF 2 -CH(CF 3 )-OCO- are preferred.
作為A的環狀的有機基,只要是具有環狀結構者則並無特別限制,可以舉出脂環基、芳基及雜環基(不僅包括具有芳香族性者,還包括不具有芳香族性者)等。 作為脂環基,可以係單環亦可以係多環,環戊基、環己基、環辛基等單環的環烷基、降莰基、三環癸基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基或金剛烷基等多環的環烷基為較佳。其中,從能夠抑制曝光後加熱製程中的膜中擴散性並提高MEEF(mask error enhancement factor:遮罩誤差增強因子)之觀點考慮,降莰基、三環癸基、四環癸基、四環十二烷基、或金剛烷基等碳數7以上的具有大體積的結構之脂環基為較佳。 作為芳基可以舉出苯環、萘環、菲環及蒽環。 作為雜環基,可以舉出來自於呋喃環、噻吩環、苯并呋喃環、苯并噻吩環、二苯并呋喃環、二苯并噻吩環及吡啶環者。其中,來自於呋喃環、噻吩環或吡啶環者為較佳。The cyclic organic group of A is not particularly limited as long as it has a cyclic structure. Examples include alicyclic groups, aryl groups, and heterocyclic groups (not only those having aromatic properties, but also those not having aromatic Sex) and so on. As an alicyclic group, it can be monocyclic or polycyclic, monocyclic cycloalkyl, norbornyl, tricyclodecyl, tetracyclodecyl, tetracyclodecyl, such as cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cyclooctyl. A polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a dialkyl group or an adamantyl group is preferable. Among them, from the viewpoint of suppressing the diffusibility in the film during the heating process after exposure and improving the MEEF (mask error enhancement factor), norbornyl, tricyclodecyl, tetracyclodecyl, and tetracyclodecyl Alicyclic groups having a bulky structure with a carbon number of 7 or more, such as dodecyl or adamantyl, are preferred. Examples of the aryl group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, and an anthracene ring. Examples of the heterocyclic group include those derived from a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring. Among them, those derived from furan ring, thiophene ring or pyridine ring are preferred.
又,作為環狀的有機基,亦可以舉出內酯結構,作為具體例,可以舉出下述通式(LC1-1)~(LC1-17)所表示之內酯結構。Moreover, as a cyclic organic group, a lactone structure can also be mentioned, As a specific example, the lactone structure represented by the following general formula (LC1-1)-(LC1-17) is mentioned.
[化學式53] [Chemical formula 53]
上述環狀的有機基亦可以具有取代基,作為上述取代基,可以舉出烷基(直鏈狀、支鏈狀及環狀中的任一種均可,碳數1~12為較佳)、環烷基(單環、多環、螺環中的任一種均可,碳數3~20為較佳)、芳基(碳數6~14為較佳)、羥基、烷氧基、酯基、醯胺基、胺基甲酸酯基、脲基、硫醚基、磺醯胺基及磺酸酯基等。另外,構成環狀的有機基之碳(有助於形成環之碳)可以係羰基碳。 另外,上述取代基在上述(LC1-1)~(LC1-17)中相當於Rb2 。又,上述(LC1-1)~(LC1-17)中,n2表示0~4的整數。n2為2以上時,存在複數個之Rb2 可以相同或各不相同,又,存在複數個之Rb2 亦可以彼此鍵結而形成環。The above-mentioned cyclic organic group may have a substituent. Examples of the above-mentioned substituent include an alkyl group (any one of linear, branched, and cyclic, preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), Cycloalkyl (monocyclic, polycyclic, or spiro ring is acceptable, carbon number 3-20 is preferred), aryl group (carbon number 6-14 is preferred), hydroxyl, alkoxy, ester group , Amide group, urethane group, urea group, thioether group, sulfonamide group and sulfonate group, etc. In addition, the carbon constituting the cyclic organic group (the carbon that contributes to the formation of the ring) may be a carbonyl carbon. In addition, the aforementioned substituent corresponds to Rb 2 in the aforementioned (LC1-1) to (LC1-17). In addition, in the above (LC1-1) to (LC1-17), n2 represents an integer of 0-4. When n2 is 2 or more, the presence of a plurality of Rb 2 may be the same or different from each other, and the presence of a plurality of Rb 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
通式(ZI)中,作為R201 、R202 及R203 的有機基,可以舉出芳基、烷基及環烷基等。 R201 、R202 及R203 中至少1個為芳基為較佳,三個均為芳基為更佳。作為芳基,除了苯基、萘基等以外,亦可以係吲哚殘基、吡咯殘基等雜芳基。作為R201 ~R203 的烷基及環烷基,可以舉出碳數1~10的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基、或碳數3~10的環烷基。作為烷基,甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、或正丁基等為較佳。作為環烷基,環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基或環庚基等為較佳。該等基團亦可以進一步具有取代基。作為可以進一步具有的取代基,可以舉出硝基、氟原子等鹵素原子、羧基、羥基、胺基、氰基、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~15)、環烷基(較佳為碳數3~15)、芳基(較佳為碳數6~14)、烷氧基羰基(較佳為碳數2~7)、醯基(較佳為碳數2~12)及烷氧基羰基氧基(較佳為碳數2~7)等,但並不限制於該等。In the general formula (ZI), examples of the organic group of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 include an aryl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and the like. It is preferable that at least one of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is an aryl group, and it is more preferable that all three of R 201, R 202 and R 203 are aryl groups. As the aryl group, in addition to phenyl, naphthyl, etc., heteroaryl groups such as indole residues and pyrrole residues may also be used. Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 include a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. As the alkyl group, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, or n-butyl are preferred. As the cycloalkyl group, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, etc. are preferred. These groups may further have substituents. Examples of substituents that may be further included include halogen atoms such as nitro and fluorine atoms, carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, alkoxy groups (preferably with 1 to 15 carbon atoms), and cycloalkyl groups (preferably Are carbon 3-15), aryl (preferably carbon 6-14), alkoxycarbonyl (preferably carbon 2-7), acyl (preferably carbon 2-12) and alkane Oxycarbonyloxy (preferably carbon number 2-7) and the like, but not limited to them.
接著,對通式(ZII)及(ZIII)進行說明。 通式(ZII)及(ZIII)中,R204 ~R207 分別獨立地表示芳基、烷基或環烷基。 作為R204 ~R207 的芳基,苯基、萘基為較佳,苯基為更佳。R204 ~R207 的芳基亦可以係具有包含氧原子、氮原子及硫原子等之雜環結構之芳基。作為具有雜環結構之芳基的骨架,例如,可以舉出吡咯、呋喃、噻吩、吲哚、苯并呋喃及苯并噻吩等。 作為R204 ~R207 中的烷基及環烷基,碳數1~10的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基及戊基)及碳數3~10的環烷基(環戊基、環己基、降莰基)為較佳。Next, the general formulas (ZII) and (ZIII) will be described. In general formulas (ZII) and (ZIII), R 204 to R 207 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. As the aryl group of R 204 to R 207 , phenyl and naphthyl are preferred, and phenyl is more preferred. The aryl group of R 204 to R 207 may also be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure including an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocyclic structure include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene. As the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group in R 204 to R 207 , a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and pentyl) and carbon Cycloalkyl groups of 3-10 (cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbornyl) are preferred.
R204
~R207
的芳基、烷基及環烷基亦可以具有取代基。作為R204
~R207
的芳基、烷基及環烷基可以具有的取代基,例如,可以舉出烷基(例如碳數1~15)、環烷基(例如碳數3~15)、芳基(例如碳數6~15)、烷氧基(例如碳數1~15)、鹵素原子、羥基及苯硫基等。The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have a substituent. Examples of substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have include an alkyl group (for example,
又,通式(ZII)中,Z- 表示非親核性陰離子。具體而言,與通式(ZI)中作為Z- 說明者相同,較佳形態亦相同。In the general formula (ZII), Z - represents a non-nucleophilic anion. Specifically, it is the same as that described as Z- in the general formula (ZI), and the preferred form is also the same.
以下,示出通式(ZI)~(ZIII)的具體例,但並不限定於此。Below, although the specific example of general formula (ZI)-(ZIII) is shown, it is not limited to this.
[化學式54] [Chemical formula 54]
本發明中,從抑制曝光中產生之酸向非曝光部的擴散並優化解析度之觀點考慮,上述光酸產生劑是藉由電子束或極紫外線的照射而產生體積為130Å3 以上大的酸(更佳為磺酸)之化合物,產生體積為190Å3 以上大的酸(更佳為磺酸)之化合物為更佳,產生體積為270Å3 以上大的酸(更佳為磺酸)之化合物為進一步較佳,產生體積為400Å3 以上大的酸(更加為磺酸)之化合物為特佳。其中,從靈敏度和塗佈溶劑溶解性的觀點考慮,上述體積為2000Å3 以下為較佳,1500Å3 以下為進一步較佳。上述體積的值利用FUJITSU LIMITED製的“WinMOPAC”而求出。首先輸入各例之酸的化學結構,接著將該結構作為初始結構,藉由利用MM3法之分子力場計算來確定各酸的最穩定立體構形,之後,對該等最穩定立體構形進行利用PM3法之分子軌道計算,藉此能夠計算各酸的“可接觸體積(accessible volume)”。另外,1Å表示0.1nm。 本發明中,藉由光化射線或放射線的照射產生以下例示之酸之光酸產生劑為較佳。另外,對一部分例子標記體積的計算值(單位Å3 )。另外,在此求出之計算值為在陰離子部鍵結質子之酸的體積值。In the present invention, the acid generated from the diffusion suppressing the exposure the non-exposed portion and to optimize the viewpoint of resolution of the photoacid generator is irradiated by an electron beam or extreme ultraviolet generated volume greater than 130Å 3 acid (More preferably a sulfonic acid) compound, a compound that produces an acid with a volume of 190 Å 3 or more (more preferably a sulfonic acid) is more preferable, a compound that produces an acid (more preferably a sulfonic acid) with a volume of 270 Å 3 or more For further preference, compounds that generate acids (more sulfonic acids) with a volume of 400 Å 3 or more are particularly preferred. Wherein, sensitivity and coating solvent solubility from the viewpoint of the volume of 2000Å 3 or less is preferred, 1500Å 3 or less is further preferred. The value of the above-mentioned volume was obtained using "WinMOPAC" manufactured by FUJITSU LIMITED. First input the chemical structure of the acid in each case, and then use the structure as the initial structure. Determine the most stable three-dimensional configuration of each acid by using the molecular force field calculation of the MM3 method. Then, perform the most stable three-dimensional configuration Using the molecular orbital calculation of the PM3 method, it is possible to calculate the "accessible volume" of each acid. In addition, 1Å means 0.1 nm. In the present invention, a photoacid generator which generates an acid exemplified below by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is preferred. In addition, mark the calculated value of the volume (unit Å 3 ) for some examples. In addition, the calculated value obtained here is the value of the volume of the acid bound to the proton at the anion part.
[化學式55] [Chemical formula 55]
[化學式56] [Chemical formula 56]
[化學式57] [Chemical formula 57]
作為光酸產生劑,能夠援用日本特開2014-041328號公報的[0368]~[0377]段、日本特開2013-228681號公報的[0240]~[0262]段(對應之美國專利申請公開第2015/004533號公報的[0339]段),且該等內容編入於本說明書中。又,作為較佳的具體例,可以舉出以下化合物,但並不限制於該等。As the photoacid generator, paragraphs [0368] to [0377] of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-041328 and paragraphs [0240] to [0262] of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-228681 (corresponding to U.S. Patent Application Publication Paragraph [0339] of Bulletin No. 2015/004533), and these contents are incorporated in this manual. In addition, as preferred specific examples, the following compounds can be cited, but they are not limited to these.
[化學式58] [Chemical formula 58]
[化學式59] [Chemical formula 59]
[化學式60] [Chemical formula 60]
[化學式61] [Chemical formula 61]
光酸產生劑能夠單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 光酸產生劑在阻劑組成物中的含量,以組成物的總固體成分為基準,0.1~50質量%為較佳,5~50質量%為更佳,8~40質量%為進一步較佳。尤其,進行電子束或極紫外線曝光時為了兼顧高靈敏度化及高解析度度,光酸產生劑的含有率較高為較佳。從上述觀點考慮,10~40質量%為較佳,10~35質量%為更佳。The photoacid generator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. The content of the photoacid generator in the resist composition is based on the total solid content of the composition, preferably 0.1-50% by mass, more preferably 5-50% by mass, and even more preferably 8-40% by mass . In particular, in order to achieve both high sensitivity and high resolution when performing electron beam or extreme ultraviolet exposure, it is preferable that the content of the photoacid generator is relatively high. From the above viewpoint, 10 to 40% by mass is preferable, and 10 to 35% by mass is more preferable.
<溶劑> 溶解上述各成分來製備阻劑組成物時,能夠使用溶劑。作為能夠使用之溶劑,例如,可以舉出伸烷基二醇單烷基醚羧酸酯、伸烷基二醇單烷基醚、乳酸烷基酯、烷氧基丙酸烷基酯、碳數4~10的環狀內酯、碳數4~10的可以包含環之單酮化合物、伸烷基碳酸酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯及丙酮酸烷基酯等有機溶劑。<Solvent> When the above-mentioned components are dissolved to prepare the resist composition, a solvent can be used. Examples of solvents that can be used include alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, alkyl lactate, alkyl alkoxypropionate, and carbon number. Organic solvents such as cyclic lactones having 4 to 10, monoketone compounds having 4 to 10 carbon atoms that may contain a ring, alkylene carbonate, alkyl alkoxy acetate, and alkyl pyruvate.
作為伸烷基二醇單烷基醚羧酸酯,例如可以舉出丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚丙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚丙酸酯、乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯及乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯。 作為伸烷基二醇單烷基醚,例如可以舉出丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單丙醚、丙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單甲醚及乙二醇單乙醚。Examples of alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylates include propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, and propylene glycol. Monomethyl ether propionate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether propionate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate. Examples of alkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers include propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, and ethylene glycol monoethyl ether.
作為乳酸烷基酯,例如可以舉出乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸丙酯及乳酸丁酯。 作為烷氧基丙酸烷基酯,例如可以舉出3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸酯、3-乙氧基甲基丙酸酯及3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯。Examples of alkyl lactate include methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, propyl lactate, and butyl lactate. Examples of the alkyl alkoxypropionate include ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxymethylpropionate, and 3-methoxypropionate. Ethyl acid.
作為碳數4~10的環狀內酯,例如可以舉出β-丙內酯、β-丁內酯、γ-丁內酯、α-甲基-γ-丁內酯、β-甲基-γ-丁內酯、γ-戊內酯、γ-己內酯、γ-辛酸內酯及α-羥基-γ-丁內酯。Examples of cyclic lactones having 4 to 10 carbon atoms include β-propiolactone, β-butyrolactone, γ-butyrolactone, α-methyl-γ-butyrolactone, and β-methyl-butyrolactone. γ-butyrolactone, γ-valerolactone, γ-caprolactone, γ-caprylic acid lactone and α-hydroxy-γ-butyrolactone.
作為碳數4~10的可以包含環之單酮化合物,例如可以舉出2-丁酮、3-甲基丁酮、第三丁基乙酮、2-戊酮、3-戊酮、3-甲基-2-戊酮、4-甲基-2-戊酮、2-甲基-3-戊酮、4,4-二甲基-2-戊酮、2,4-二甲基-3-戊酮、2,2,4,4-四甲基-3-戊酮、2-己酮、3-己酮、5-甲基-3-己酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、4-庚酮、2-甲基-3-庚酮、5-甲基-3-庚酮、2,6-二甲基-4-庚酮、2-辛酮、3-辛酮、2-壬酮、3-壬酮、5-壬酮、2-癸酮、3-癸酮、4-癸酮、5-己烯-2-酮、3-戊烯-2-酮、環戊酮、2-甲基環戊酮、3-甲基環戊酮、2,2-二甲基環戊酮、2,4,4-三甲基環戊酮、環己酮、3-甲基環己酮、4-甲基環己酮、4-乙基環己酮、2,2-二甲基環己酮、2,6-二甲基環己酮、2,2,6-三甲基環己酮、環庚酮、2-甲基環庚酮及3-甲基環庚酮。Examples of monoketone compounds having 4 to 10 carbon atoms that may contain a ring include 2-butanone, 3-methyl butanone, tertiary butyl ethyl ketone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 3- Methyl-2-pentanone, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, 2-methyl-3-pentanone, 4,4-dimethyl-2-pentanone, 2,4-dimethyl-3 -Pentanone, 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-3-pentanone, 2-hexanone, 3-hexanone, 5-methyl-3-hexanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone , 4-heptanone, 2-methyl-3-heptanone, 5-methyl-3-heptanone, 2,6-dimethyl-4-heptanone, 2-octanone, 3-octanone, 2 -Nonanone, 3-nonanone, 5-nonanone, 2-decanone, 3-decanone, 4-decanone, 5-hexen-2-one, 3-penten-2-one, cyclopentanone , 2-methylcyclopentanone, 3-methylcyclopentanone, 2,2-dimethylcyclopentanone, 2,4,4-trimethylcyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclopentanone Hexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, 4-ethylcyclohexanone, 2,2-dimethylcyclohexanone, 2,6-dimethylcyclohexanone, 2,2,6-trimethyl Cyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, 2-methylcycloheptanone and 3-methylcycloheptanone.
作為伸烷基碳酸酯,例如可以舉出碳酸丙烯酯、伸乙烯基碳酸酯、伸乙基碳酸酯及伸丁基碳酸酯。 作為烷氧基乙酸烷基酯,例如可以舉出乙酸-2-甲氧基乙酯、乙酸-2-乙氧基乙酯、乙酸-2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙酯、乙酸-3-甲氧基-3-甲基丁酯及乙酸-1-甲氧基-2-丙酯。 作為丙酮酸烷基酯,例如可以舉出丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯及丙酮酸丙酯。 其中,作為溶劑,在常溫常壓下,沸點為130℃以上的溶劑為較佳。具體而言,可以舉出環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、環己酮、乳酸乙酯、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、丙酮酸乙酯、乙酸-2-乙氧基乙酯、乙酸-2-(2-乙氧基乙氧基)乙酯及碳酸丙烯酯。Examples of alkylene carbonates include propylene carbonate, ethylene carbonate, ethylene carbonate, and ethylene carbonate. As the alkyl alkoxyacetate, for example, 2-methoxyethyl acetate, 2-ethoxyethyl acetate, 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethyl acetate, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutyl acetate and 1-methoxy-2-propyl acetate. Examples of the alkyl pyruvate include methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, and propyl pyruvate. Among them, as the solvent, a solvent having a boiling point of 130°C or higher at normal temperature and pressure is preferred. Specifically, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, ethyl lactate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate Ester, ethyl pyruvate, 2-ethoxy ethyl acetate, 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy) ethyl acetate and propylene carbonate.
上述溶劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。The above-mentioned solvents may be used singly, or two or more kinds may be used.
本發明中,作為有機溶劑亦可以使用將結構中包含羥基之溶劑與不包含羥基的溶劑進行混合之混合溶劑。 作為包含羥基之溶劑,例如,可以舉出乙二醇、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚及乳酸乙酯等。其中,丙二醇單甲醚或乳酸乙酯為較佳。 作為不包含羥基之溶劑,例如,可以舉出丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙基乙氧基丙酸酯、2-庚酮、γ-丁內酯、環己酮、乙酸丁酯、N-甲基吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺及二甲基亞碸等。其中,丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙基乙氧基丙酸酯、2-庚酮、γ-丁內酯、環己酮或乙酸丁酯為較佳,丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙基乙氧基丙酸酯或2-庚酮為更佳。 包含羥基之溶劑的含量相對於不包含羥基之溶劑的含量的質量比[包含羥基之溶劑的含有質量/不包含羥基之溶劑的含有質量]為1/99~99/1為較佳,10/90~90/10為更佳,20/80~60/40為進一步較佳。又,從塗佈均勻性的觀點考慮,混合溶劑中的不包含羥基之溶劑的質量為50質量%以上為較佳。In the present invention, as the organic solvent, a mixed solvent in which a solvent containing a hydroxyl group and a solvent not containing a hydroxyl group are mixed in the structure can also be used. As a solvent containing a hydroxyl group, ethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethyl lactate, etc. are mentioned, for example. Among them, propylene glycol monomethyl ether or ethyl lactate is preferred. As a solvent that does not contain a hydroxyl group, for example, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl ethoxy propionate, 2-heptanone, γ-butyrolactone, cyclohexanone, butyl acetate, N- Methylpyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide and dimethylsulfene, etc. Among them, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl ethoxy propionate, 2-heptanone, γ-butyrolactone, cyclohexanone or butyl acetate are preferred, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl Ethoxy propionate or 2-heptanone is more preferred. The mass ratio of the content of the solvent containing the hydroxyl group to the content of the solvent not containing the hydroxyl group [the mass of the solvent containing the hydroxyl/the mass of the solvent not containing the hydroxyl] is preferably 1/99 to 99/1, 10/ 90 to 90/10 is more preferable, and 20/80 to 60/40 is still more preferable. In addition, from the viewpoint of coating uniformity, the mass of the solvent that does not contain a hydroxyl group in the mixed solvent is preferably 50% by mass or more.
上述溶劑為包含丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯之2種以上的混合溶劑為較佳,γ-丁內酯與乙酸丁酯的組合為更佳。The above-mentioned solvent is preferably a mixed solvent containing two or more kinds of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and a combination of γ-butyrolactone and butyl acetate is more preferred.
作為溶劑,還能夠使用例如日本特開2014-219664號公報的[0013]~[0029]段中記載之溶劑。As the solvent, for example, the solvents described in paragraphs [0013] to [0029] of JP 2014-219664 A can also be used.
<酸擴散控制劑> 為了減少從曝光至加熱的經時性的性能變化,阻劑組成物包含酸擴散控制劑為較佳。<Acid diffusion control agent> In order to reduce the time-dependent performance change from exposure to heating, the resist composition preferably contains an acid diffusion control agent.
作為酸擴散控制劑,例如,可以舉出鹼性化合物。 作為鹼性化合物,例如,可以舉出具有由下述式(A1)~(E1)所表示之結構之化合物。As an acid diffusion control agent, a basic compound can be mentioned, for example. As a basic compound, the compound which has a structure represented by following formula (A1)-(E1) is mentioned, for example.
[化學式62] [Chemical formula 62]
通式(A1)及(E1)中的R200 、R201 及R202 可以相同或各不相同,且表示氫原子、烷基(較佳為碳數1~20)、環烷基(較佳為碳數3~20)或芳基(較佳為碳數6~20)。另外,R201 及R202 亦可以彼此鍵結而形成環。 R 200 , R 201 and R 202 in the general formulas (A1) and (E1) may be the same or different from each other, and represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably carbon number 1-20), a cycloalkyl group (preferably It is a carbon number of 3-20) or an aryl group (preferably a carbon number of 6-20). In addition, R 201 and R 202 may also be bonded to each other to form a ring.
作為具有上述取代基之烷基,碳數1~20之胺基烷基、碳數1~20之羥基烷基或碳數1~20之氰基烷基為較佳。 R203 、R204 、R205 及R206 可以相同或各不相同,且表示碳數1~20的烷基。 通式(A1)及(E1)中的烷基為未經取代為較佳。As the alkyl group having the above-mentioned substituent, an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms are preferred. R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different, and represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons. It is preferable that the alkyl group in the general formulas (A1) and (E1) is unsubstituted.
作為具有通式(A1)及(E1)所表示之結構之化合物,除了胍、胺基吡咯啶、吡唑、吡唑啉、哌𠯤、胺基口末啉、胺基烷基口末啉、哌啶以外,可以舉出具有咪唑結構、二氮雜雙環結構、氫氧化鎓結構、羧酸鎓結構、三烷基胺結構、苯胺結構或吡啶結構之化合物、具有羥基和/或醚鍵之烷基胺衍生物及具有羥基和/或醚鍵之苯胺衍生物等。As the compound having the structure represented by the general formulas (A1) and (E1), in addition to guanidine, aminopyrrolidine, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminoporline, aminoalkylporline, In addition to piperidine, compounds having an imidazole structure, a diazabicyclic structure, an onium hydroxide structure, an onium carboxylate structure, a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure, or a pyridine structure, and alkane having a hydroxyl group and/or ether linkage can be mentioned. Amine derivatives and aniline derivatives with hydroxyl and/or ether bonds, etc.
作為具有咪唑結構之化合物,可以舉出咪唑、2,4,5-三苯基咪唑及苯并咪唑等。作為具有二氮雜雙環結構之化合物,可以舉出1,4-二氮雜雙環[2,2,2]辛烷、1,5-二氮雜雙環[4,3,0]壬-5-烯及1,8-二氮雜雙環[5,4,0]十一碳-7-烯等。作為具有氫氧化鎓結構之化合物,可以舉出氫氧化三芳基鋶、氫氧化苯甲醯甲基鋶及具有2-氧代烷基之鋶氫氧化物。具體而言,可以舉出氫氧化三苯基鋶、氫氧化三(第三丁基苯基)鋶、氫氧化雙(第三丁基苯基)錪、氫氧化苯甲醯甲基噻吩鎓及氫氧化2-氧代丙基噻吩鎓等。 作為具有羧酸鎓結構之化合物係具有氫氧化鎓結構之化合物的陰離子部成為羧酸酯者,例如,可以舉出乙酸酯、金剛烷-1-羧酸酯及全氟烷基羧酸酯等。作為具有三烷基胺結構之化合物,可以舉出三(正丁基)胺及三(正辛基)胺等。 作為苯胺化合物,可以舉出2,6-二異丙基苯胺、N,N-二甲基苯胺、N,N-二丁基苯胺及N,N-二己基苯胺等。 作為具有羥基和/或醚鍵之烷基胺衍生物,可以舉出乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺及三(甲氧基乙氧基乙基)胺等。 作為具有羥基和/或醚鍵之苯胺衍生物,可以舉出N,N-雙(羥基乙基)苯胺等。Examples of the compound having an imidazole structure include imidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, benzimidazole, and the like. Examples of compounds having a diazabicyclic structure include 1,4-diazabicyclo[2,2,2]octane, 1,5-diazabicyclo[4,3,0]non-5- Ene and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]undec-7-ene, etc. Examples of the compound having an onium hydroxide structure include triaryl sulfonium hydroxide, benzyl methyl sulfonium hydroxide, and sulfonium hydroxide having a 2-oxoalkyl group. Specifically, triphenyl sulfonium hydroxide, tris (tertiary butyl phenyl) sulfonium hydroxide, bis (tertiary butyl phenyl) sulfonium hydroxide, benzyl methyl thiophenium hydroxide and Hydroxide 2-oxopropylthiophenium and so on. As a compound having an onium carboxylate structure, the anion portion of a compound having an onium hydroxide structure becomes a carboxylate, for example, acetate, adamantane-1-carboxylate, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylate Wait. Examples of the compound having a trialkylamine structure include tri(n-butyl)amine, tri(n-octyl)amine, and the like. Examples of the aniline compound include 2,6-diisopropylaniline, N,N-dimethylaniline, N,N-dibutylaniline, N,N-dihexylaniline, and the like. Examples of alkylamine derivatives having a hydroxyl group and/or an ether bond include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tris(methoxyethoxyethyl)amine, and the like. Examples of aniline derivatives having a hydroxyl group and/or ether bond include N,N-bis(hydroxyethyl)aniline and the like.
作為鹼性化合物,亦可以進一步舉出具有苯氧基之胺化合物及具有苯氧基之銨鹽化合物。As the basic compound, an amine compound having a phenoxy group and an ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group can also be further cited.
胺化合物能夠使用一級、二級及三級的胺化合物,至少1個烷基鍵結於氮原子之胺化合物為較佳。胺化合物為三級胺化合物為更佳。胺化合物只要至少1個烷基(較佳為碳數1~20)鍵結於氮原子,則除了烷基以外,亦可以係環烷基(較佳為碳數3~20)或芳基(較佳為碳數6~12)鍵結於氮原子。 又,胺化合物在烷基鏈中具有氧原子,形成有氧伸烷基為較佳。氧伸烷基的數在分子內為1個以上,3~9個為較佳,4~6個為更佳。 其中,作為氧伸烷基,氧伸乙基(-CH2 CH2 O-)或氧伸丙基(-CH(CH3 )CH2 O-或-CH2 CH2 CH2 O-)為較佳,氧伸乙基為更佳。As the amine compound, primary, secondary, and tertiary amine compounds can be used, and an amine compound in which at least one alkyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom is preferred. The amine compound is more preferably a tertiary amine compound. As long as the amine compound has at least one alkyl group (preferably carbon number 1-20) bonded to the nitrogen atom, in addition to the alkyl group, it may also be a cycloalkyl group (preferably carbon number 3-20) or an aryl group ( Preferably, 6-12 carbon atoms are bonded to a nitrogen atom. In addition, the amine compound has an oxygen atom in the alkyl chain, and it is preferable to form an oxyalkylene group. The number of oxyalkylene groups in the molecule is 1 or more, preferably 3-9, and more preferably 4-6. Among them, as oxyethylene group, oxyethylene group (-CH 2 CH 2 O-) or oxyethylene group (-CH(CH 3 )CH 2 O- or -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O-) is more Preferably, oxyethylene is more preferable.
銨鹽化合物能夠使用一級、二級、三級或四級的銨鹽化合物,至少1個烷基鍵結於氮原子之銨鹽化合物為較佳。銨鹽化合物只要至少1個烷基(較佳為碳數1~20)鍵結於氮原子,則除了烷基以外,亦可以係環烷基(較佳為碳數3~20)或芳基(較佳為碳數6~12)鍵結於氮原子。 銨鹽化合物在烷基鏈中具有氧原子,形成有氧伸烷基為較佳。氧伸烷基的數在分子內為1個以上,3~9個為較佳,4~6個為更佳。其中,作為氧伸烷基,氧伸乙基(-CH2 CH2 O-)或氧伸丙基(-CH(CH3 )CH2 O-或-CH2 CH2 CH2 O-)為較佳,氧伸乙基為更佳。 作為銨鹽化合物的陰離子,可以舉出鹵素原子、磺酸鹽、硼酸鹽及磷酸鹽等。其中,鹵素原子或磺酸鹽為較佳。作為鹵素原子,氯化物、溴化物及碘化物為較佳。作為磺酸鹽,碳數1~20的有機磺酸鹽為較佳。作為有機磺酸鹽,碳數1~20的烷基磺酸鹽及芳基磺酸鹽為較佳。烷基磺酸鹽的烷基亦可以具有取代基,作為取代基,例如,可以舉出氟、氯、溴、烷氧基、醯基及芳基等。作為烷基磺酸鹽,可以舉出甲烷磺酸鹽、乙烷磺酸鹽、丁烷磺酸鹽、己烷磺酸鹽、辛烷磺酸鹽、芐基磺酸鹽、三氟甲烷磺酸鹽、五氟乙烷磺酸鹽及九氟丁烷磺酸鹽等。作為芳基磺酸鹽的芳基,可以舉出苯環、萘環及蒽環。苯環、萘環及蒽環亦可以具有取代基,作為取代基,碳數1~6的直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基或碳數3~6的環烷基為較佳。作為直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基及環烷基,具體而言,可以舉出甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、正己基及環己基等。作為其他取代基,可以舉出碳數1~6的烷氧基、鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、醯基及醯氧基等。The ammonium salt compound can be a primary, secondary, tertiary or quaternary ammonium salt compound, and an ammonium salt compound in which at least one alkyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom is preferred. As long as the ammonium salt compound has at least one alkyl group (preferably carbon number 1-20) bonded to a nitrogen atom, in addition to the alkyl group, it may also be a cycloalkyl group (preferably carbon number 3-20) or an aryl group (Preferably carbon number 6-12) is bonded to a nitrogen atom. The ammonium salt compound has an oxygen atom in the alkyl chain, and it is preferable to form an oxyalkylene group. The number of oxyalkylene groups in the molecule is 1 or more, preferably 3-9, and more preferably 4-6. Among them, as oxyethylene group, oxyethylene group (-CH 2 CH 2 O-) or oxyethylene group (-CH(CH 3 )CH 2 O- or -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O-) is more Preferably, oxyethylene is more preferable. Examples of the anion of the ammonium salt compound include a halogen atom, sulfonate, borate, and phosphate. Among them, halogen atoms or sulfonates are preferred. As the halogen atom, chloride, bromide, and iodide are preferred. As the sulfonate, an organic sulfonate having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred. As the organic sulfonate, alkyl sulfonate and aryl sulfonate having 1 to 20 carbon atoms are preferred. The alkyl group of the alkyl sulfonate may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, alkoxy, acyl, and aryl. Examples of alkyl sulfonates include methane sulfonate, ethane sulfonate, butane sulfonate, hexane sulfonate, octane sulfonate, benzyl sulfonate, and trifluoromethane sulfonate. Salt, pentafluoroethane sulfonate and nonafluorobutane sulfonate, etc. Examples of the aryl group of the arylsulfonate include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, and an anthracene ring. The benzene ring, naphthalene ring, and anthracene ring may have a substituent. As the substituent, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms are preferred. Examples of linear or branched alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups include, specifically, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, and n-hexyl groups. Group and cyclohexyl, etc. Examples of other substituents include alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups, acyl groups, and acyloxy groups.
具有苯氧基之胺化合物或具有苯氧基之銨鹽化合物是指,在胺化合物或銨鹽化合物的烷基的與氮原子相反一側的末端具有苯氧基者。苯氧基亦可以具有取代基。作為苯氧基的取代基,例如,可以舉出烷基、烷氧基、鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、羧基、羧酸酯基、磺酸酯基、芳基、芳烷基、醯氧基及芳氧基等。取代基的取代位可以係2~6位中的任一種。取代基的數可以係1~5的範圍中的任意1個。The amine compound having a phenoxy group or the ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group refers to those having a phenoxy group at the end of the alkyl group of the amine compound or the ammonium salt compound on the opposite side to the nitrogen atom. The phenoxy group may have a substituent. As the substituent of the phenoxy group, for example, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, a carboxylate group, a sulfonate group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an oxo group may be mentioned. Group and aryloxy group. The substitution position of the substituent may be any of the 2 to 6 positions. The number of substituents may be any one in the range of 1-5.
苯氧基與氮原子之間具有至少1個氧伸烷基為較佳。氧伸烷基的數在分子內為1個以上,3~9個為較佳,4~6個為更佳。其中,作為氧伸烷基,氧伸乙基(-CH2 CH2 O-)或氧伸丙基(-CH(CH3 )CH2 O-或-CH2 CH2 CH2 O-)為較佳,氧伸乙基為更佳。It is preferable to have at least one oxyalkylene group between the phenoxy group and the nitrogen atom. The number of oxyalkylene groups in the molecule is 1 or more, preferably 3-9, and more preferably 4-6. Among them, as oxyethylene group, oxyethylene group (-CH 2 CH 2 O-) or oxyethylene group (-CH(CH 3 )CH 2 O- or -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O-) is more Preferably, oxyethylene is more preferable.
具有苯氧基之胺化合物可以藉由如下方式獲得:對具有苯氧基之一級或二級胺和鹵烷基醚進行加熱使這些反應之後,添加氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀及四烷基銨等強鹼的水溶液之後,利用乙酸乙酯及氯仿等有機溶劑進行萃取。或者可以藉由如下方式獲得:對在一級或二級銨和末端具有苯氧基之鹵烷基醚進行加熱使這些反應之後,添加氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀及四烷基銨等強鹼的水溶液之後,利用乙酸乙酯、氯仿等有機溶劑進行萃取。Amine compounds with phenoxy groups can be obtained by heating primary or secondary amines with phenoxy groups and haloalkyl ethers to make these reactions, and then adding sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and tetraalkylammonium After the aqueous solution of strong base is equalized, extraction is performed with organic solvents such as ethyl acetate and chloroform. Or it can be obtained by heating the primary or secondary ammonium and the haloalkyl ether with a phenoxy group at the end to make these reactions, and then adding a strong base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and tetraalkylammonium After the aqueous solution, extraction is performed with organic solvents such as ethyl acetate and chloroform.
(產生具有質子受體性官能基且藉由光化射線或放射線的照射進行分解而質子受體性下降、消失或從質子受體性變成酸性之化合物之化合物(PA)) 本發明之組成物作為酸擴散控制劑,亦可以進一步包含產生具有質子受體性官能基且藉由光化射線或放射線的照射進行分解而質子受體性下降、消失或從質子受體性變成酸性之化合物之化合物〔以下,亦稱為化合物(PA)。〕。(Compounds (PA) that produce compounds with proton-accepting functional groups that are decomposed by the irradiation of actinic rays or radiation to decrease, disappear, or change from proton-accepting to acidic properties) The composition of the present invention, as an acid diffusion control agent, may further include generating functional groups with proton-accepting properties, which are decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, and the proton-accepting properties are decreased, disappeared, or changed from proton-accepting properties. Compounds of acidic compounds [hereinafter, also referred to as compounds (PA). ].
質子受體性官能基為具有能夠與質子靜電式地相互作用之基團或電子之官能基,例如表示具有環狀聚醚等巨環結構之官能基、或具有存在對π共軛不起作用之未共用電子對之氮原子之官能基。具有對π共軛不起作用之未共用電子對之氮原子為例如具有下述通式所示之部分結構之氮原子。The proton-accepting functional group is a functional group with a group or electrons capable of electrostatically interacting with protons, for example, it means a functional group with a macrocyclic structure such as cyclic polyether, or it has no effect on π conjugation. The functional group of the nitrogen atom that does not share an electron pair. The nitrogen atom having an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to π conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure represented by the following general formula.
[化學式63] [Chemical formula 63]
作為質子受體性官能基的較佳的部分結構,例如,可以舉出冠醚、氮雜冠醚、一~三級胺、吡啶、咪唑及吡𠯤結構等。Examples of preferred partial structures of the proton-accepting functional group include crown ethers, aza crown ethers, mono- to tertiary amines, pyridine, imidazole, and pyridine structures.
化合物(PA)產生藉由光化射線或放射線的照射進行分解而質子受體性的下降、消失或從質子受體性變成酸性之化合物。在此,質子受體性下降、消失或從質子受體性變成酸性為由在質子受體性官能基上加成質子而引起之質子受體性的變化,具體而言,表示從具有質子受體性官能基之化合物(PA)與質子生成質子加成物時,其化學平衡中的平衡常數減少。The compound (PA) produces a compound that is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to decrease or disappear proton accepting properties, or change from proton accepting properties to acidity. Here, the decrease, disappearance, or change of proton-accepting property from proton-accepting property to acidity is a change in proton-accepting property caused by the addition of protons to the proton-accepting functional group. When the compound of the body functional group (PA) and the proton form the proton adduct, the equilibrium constant in the chemical equilibrium decreases.
作為化合物(PA)的具體例,例如,可以舉出下述化合物。而且,作為化合物(PA)的具體例,例如能夠援用日本特開2014-041328號公報的[0421]~[0428]段、日本特開2014-134686號公報的[0108]~[0116]段中記載者,且該等內容編入於本說明書中。As specific examples of the compound (PA), for example, the following compounds can be given. Furthermore, as specific examples of the compound (PA), for example, paragraphs [0421] to [0428] of JP 2014-041328 and paragraphs [0108] to [0116] of JP 2014-134686 can be cited. Recorded, and these contents are incorporated in this manual.
[化學式64] [Chemical formula 64]
[化學式65] [Chemical formula 65]
[化學式66] [Chemical formula 66]
酸擴散控制劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 酸擴散控制劑的含量相對於阻劑組成物的總固體成分為0.001~10質量%為較佳,0.005~5質量%為更佳。An acid diffusion control agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types. The content of the acid diffusion control agent is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass relative to the total solid content of the resist composition, and more preferably 0.005 to 5% by mass.
光酸產生劑與酸擴散控制劑在組成物中的使用比例為,光酸產生劑/酸擴散控制劑(莫耳比)=2.5~300為較佳。從本發明的效果更優異之觀點考慮,莫耳比為2.5以上為較佳,從抑制因至曝光後加熱處理為止的經時性的阻劑圖案變粗引起之解析度的下降的觀點考慮,300以下為較佳。光酸產生劑/酸擴散控制劑(莫耳比)為5.0~200為更佳,7.0~150為進一步較佳。The use ratio of the photoacid generator and the acid diffusion control agent in the composition is preferably the photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio)=2.5-300. From the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention is more excellent, the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more. From the viewpoint of suppressing the decrease in resolution due to the thickening of the resist pattern over time until the heat treatment after exposure, 300 or less is preferable. The photoacid generator/acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio) is more preferably 5.0 to 200, and more preferably 7.0 to 150.
作為酸擴散控制劑,例如能夠使用日本特開2013-011833號公報的[0140]~[0144]段中記載的化合物(胺化合物、含醯胺基化合物、脲化合物及含氮雜環化合物等)。As the acid diffusion control agent, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs [0140] to [0144] of JP 2013-011833 A (amine compounds, amide group-containing compounds, urea compounds, nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds, etc.) can be used .
<疏水性樹脂> 阻劑組成物除了上述樹脂(A)以外,還可以包含疏水性樹脂。 疏水性樹脂被設計成不均勻分布於阻劑膜的表面為較佳,但與界面活性劑不同,並非必需在分子內具有親水性基,對於極性/非極性物質的均勻混合亦可以不起作用。 作為添加疏水性樹脂之效果,可以舉出阻劑膜表面相對於水之靜態/動態接觸角的控制及脫氣的抑制等。<Hydrophobic resin> The resist composition may contain a hydrophobic resin in addition to the above-mentioned resin (A). It is better that the hydrophobic resin is designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, but unlike surfactants, it is not necessary to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and it does not work for the uniform mixing of polar/non-polar substances. . As an effect of adding a hydrophobic resin, control of the static/dynamic contact angle of the surface of the resist film with respect to water and suppression of outgassing can be mentioned.
從不均勻分布於膜表層之觀點考慮,疏水性樹脂具有氟原子、矽原子及樹脂的側鏈部分所含有之CH3 部分結構中的任一種以上為較佳,具有2種以上為進一步較佳。又,上述疏水性樹脂包含碳數5以上的烴基為較佳。該等基團可以存在於樹脂的主鏈中,亦可以在側鏈取代。From the viewpoint of uneven distribution on the surface of the film, it is preferable that the hydrophobic resin has any one or more of fluorine atoms, silicon atoms, and the CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin, and more preferably two or more . Moreover, it is preferable that the said hydrophobic resin contains a C5 or more hydrocarbon group. These groups may exist in the main chain of the resin, or they may be substituted in the side chain.
疏水性樹脂包含氟原子和/或矽原子時,疏水性樹脂中的上述氟原子和/或矽原子可以包含於樹脂的主鏈中,亦可以包含於側鏈中。When the hydrophobic resin contains fluorine atoms and/or silicon atoms, the above-mentioned fluorine atoms and/or silicon atoms in the hydrophobic resin may be contained in the main chain of the resin or may be contained in the side chain.
疏水性樹脂包含氟原子時,作為具有氟原子之部分結構,具有氟原子之烷基、具有氟原子之環烷基或具有氟原子之芳基之樹脂為較佳。 具有氟原子之烷基(較佳為碳數1~10,更佳為碳數1~4)為至少1個氫原子被氟原子取代之直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基,亦可以進一步具有氟原子以外的取代基。 具有氟原子之環烷基為至少1個氫原子被氟原子取代之單環或多環的環烷基,而且亦可以具有氟原子以外的取代基。 作為具有氟原子之芳基,可以舉出苯基及萘基等芳基的至少1個氫原子被氟原子取代者,而且亦可以具有氟原子以外的取代基。 作為具有氟原子或矽原子之重複單元的例子,能夠舉出US2012/0251948A1的[0519]段中例示者。When the hydrophobic resin contains a fluorine atom, as a partial structure having a fluorine atom, a resin having an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom is preferable. The alkyl group having a fluorine atom (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms) is a linear or branched alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted by a fluorine atom, and may further have Substituents other than fluorine atoms. The cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom is a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may have a substituent other than a fluorine atom. As the aryl group having a fluorine atom, at least one hydrogen atom of an aryl group such as a phenyl group and a naphthyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom, and it may have a substituent other than a fluorine atom. As an example of the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or a silicon atom, those exemplified in paragraph [0519] of US2012/0251948A1 can be cited.
又,如上所述,疏水性樹脂在側鏈部分包含CH3 部分結構為較佳。 在此,疏水性樹脂中的側鏈部分所具有之CH3 部分結構係包含乙基及丙基等所具有之CH3 部分結構者。 另一方面,直接鍵結於疏水性樹脂的主鏈之甲基(例如,具有甲基丙烯酸結構之重複單元的α-甲基)受到主鏈的影響而對疏水性樹脂的表面不均勻化所起的作用較小,因此視為包含於本發明中的CH3 部分結構者。In addition, as described above, it is preferable that the hydrophobic resin includes a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion. Here, the hydrophobic side chain moiety in the resin having a partial structure of CH 3 in 3-based partial structure comprising ethyl and propyl possessed of CH. On the other hand, the methyl group directly bonded to the main chain of the hydrophobic resin (for example, the α-methyl group having a repeating unit of methacrylic acid structure) is affected by the main chain and causes unevenness on the surface of the hydrophobic resin. It plays a small role and is therefore regarded as a part of the CH 3 structure included in the present invention.
關於疏水性樹脂,能夠參閱日本特開2014-010245號公報的[0348]~[0415]段的記載,且該等內容編入於本說明書中。Regarding the hydrophobic resin, reference can be made to the description in paragraphs [0348] to [0415] of JP 2014-010245 A, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.
另外,作為疏水性樹脂,除此以外亦能夠較佳地使用日本特開2011-248019號公報、日本特開2010-175859號公報和/或日本特開2012-032544號公報中記載之樹脂。In addition, as the hydrophobic resin, resins described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-248019, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2010-175859, and/or Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-032544 can also be preferably used in addition to this.
<界面活性劑> 阻劑組成物亦可以進一步包含界面活性劑。藉由包含界面活性劑,在使用波長為250nm以下,尤其使用220nm以下的曝光光源時,能夠以良好的靈敏度及解析度形成密接性及顯影缺陷更少的圖案。 作為界面活性劑,使用氟系和/或矽系界面活性劑為特佳。 作為氟系和/或矽系界面活性劑,例如,可以舉出美國專利申請公開第2008/0248425號的[0276]段中記載的界面活性劑。又,亦可以使用EFTOP EF301或EF303(Shin-Akita Kasei Co.,Ltd.製);Fluorad FC430、431或4430(Sumitomo 3M Limited製);MEGAFAC F171、F173、F176、F189、F113、F110、F177、F120或R08(DIC Corporation製);Surflon S-382、SC101、102、103、104、105或106(ASAHI GLASS CO.,LTD.製);TroySol S-366(Troy Chemical Industriesm,Inc.製);GF-300或GF-150(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製)、Surflon S-393(SEIMI CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製);EFTOP EF121、EF122A、EF122B、RF122C、EF125M、EF135M、EF351、EF352、EF801、EF802或EF601(Gemco Co.,Ltd製);PF636、PF656、PF6320或PF6520(OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製);或FTX-204G、208G、218G、230G、204D、208D、212D、218D或222D(Neos Corporation 製)。另外,聚矽氧烷聚合物KP-341(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製)亦能夠用作矽系界面活性劑。<Surface active agent> The resist composition may further include a surfactant. By including a surfactant, when using an exposure light source with a wavelength of 250 nm or less, especially 220 nm or less, a pattern with less adhesion and development defects can be formed with good sensitivity and resolution. As the surfactant, it is particularly preferable to use a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant. As the fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactants, for example, the surfactants described in paragraph [0276] of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 can be cited. In addition, EFTOP EF301 or EF303 (manufactured by Shin-Akita Kasei Co., Ltd.); Fluorad FC430, 431 or 4430 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited); MEGAFAC F171, F173, F176, F189, F113, F110, F177, F120 or R08 (manufactured by DIC Corporation); Surflon S-382, SC101, 102, 103, 104, 105 or 106 (manufactured by ASAHI GLASS CO., LTD.); TroySol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical Industriesm, Inc.); GF-300 or GF-150 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), Surflon S-393 (manufactured by SEIMI CHEMICAL CO., LTD.); EFTOP EF121, EF122A, EF122B, RF122C, EF125M, EF135M, EF351, EF352, EF801 , EF802 or EF601 (manufactured by Gemco Co., Ltd); PF636, PF656, PF6320 or PF6520 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc.); or FTX-204G, 208G, 218G, 230G, 204D, 208D, 212D, 218D or 222D (Neos Corporation). In addition, polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used as a silicon-based surfactant.
又,界面活性劑除了如上所示之公知者以外,還可以使用藉由短鏈聚合(telomerization)法(亦稱為短鏈聚合物(telomer)法)或寡聚合(oligomerization)法(亦稱為寡聚物法)製造之氟脂肪族化合物來合成。具體而言,亦可以將具備從該氟脂肪族化合物衍生之氟脂肪族基之聚合物用作界面活性劑。該氟脂肪族化合物例如能夠藉由日本特開2002-090991號公報中記載之方法進行合成。 又,亦可以使用美國專利申請公開第2008/0248425號的[0280]段中記載之氟系和/或矽系以外的界面活性劑。Furthermore, in addition to the well-known surfactants shown above, the surfactant can also be used by a short-chain polymerization (telomerization) method (also called a short-chain polymer (telomer) method) or an oligomerization method (also called a Oligomer method) to synthesize fluoroaliphatic compounds. Specifically, a polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group derived from the fluoroaliphatic compound can also be used as a surfactant. The fluoroaliphatic compound can be synthesized, for example, by the method described in JP 2002-090991 A. In addition, the fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactants described in paragraph [0280] of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 may also be used.
界面活性劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。Surfactant may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types.
阻劑組成物包含界面活性劑時,其含量相對於組成物的總固體成分為0~2質量%為較佳,0.0001~2質量%為更佳,0.0005~1質量%為進一步較佳。When the resist composition contains a surfactant, its content is preferably 0-2% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition, more preferably 0.0001-2% by mass, and still more preferably 0.0005-1% by mass.
<其他添加劑> 化學增幅型阻劑組成物亦可以進一步包含溶解抑制化合物、染料、可塑劑、光敏劑、光吸收劑和/或促進對顯影液之溶解性之化合物(例如,分子量為1000以下的酚化合物、或者包含羧基之脂環族或脂肪族化合物)。<Other additives> The chemically amplified resist composition may further include a dissolution inhibiting compound, dye, plasticizer, photosensitizer, light absorber, and/or a compound that promotes solubility in the developer (for example, a phenol compound with a molecular weight of 1000 or less, or Alicyclic or aliphatic compounds containing carboxyl groups).
阻劑組成物亦可以進一步包含溶解抑制化合物。 在此,“溶解抑制化合物”為藉由酸的作用進行分解而有機系顯影液中的溶解度減少之、分子量為3000以下的化合物。The resist composition may further include a dissolution inhibiting compound. Here, the "dissolution inhibiting compound" is a compound having a molecular weight of 3000 or less that is decomposed by the action of an acid to reduce the solubility in an organic developer.
〔處理液的製造方法〕 為了將金屬成分及沸點為300℃以上的有機物等的含量設定在所希望的範圍內,本發明的處理液實施以下提純製程為較佳。[Manufacturing method of treatment liquid] In order to set the content of metal components and organic substances having a boiling point of 300°C or higher within a desired range, it is preferable that the treatment liquid of the present invention be subjected to the following purification process.
<純化製程> 提純製程可以在任意時間實施。作為提純製程,例如,可以舉出以下提純處理I~IV。 亦即,提純處理I為在製造組成處理液之有機溶劑之前,對在上述有機溶劑的製造中使用之原材料進行提純之處理。 又,提純處理II為製造組成處理液之有機溶劑之時和/或之後,對其進行提純之處理。 又,提純處理III為製造處理液時,在混合2種以上的有機溶劑之前,對每一種成分進行提純之處理。 又,提純處理IV為製造處理液時,在混合2種以上的有機溶劑之後,對混合物進行提純之處理。 如上所述,為了獲得目標處理液而進行提純為較佳。關於提純,可以在對每一種有機溶劑進行提純之後混合,亦可以在混合各有機溶劑之後進行提純。尤其,從能夠將有機溶劑的調合比製造得恆定之觀點考慮,將經過提純之有機溶劑進行調合之方法為較佳。 提純處理I~IV可以分別僅實施一次,亦可以實施兩次以上。 又,作為所使用之有機溶劑,能夠購買高純度級別產品(尤其,上述有機雜質、金屬雜質及水等含量較少者),並進一步對其進行後述提純處理之後使用。<Purification process> The purification process can be implemented at any time. As the purification process, for example, the following purification treatments I to IV can be mentioned. That is, the purification treatment I is a treatment for purifying the raw materials used in the production of the above-mentioned organic solvent before the organic solvent constituting the treatment liquid is produced. In addition, the purification treatment II is a treatment for purifying the organic solvent that constitutes the treatment liquid when and/or after it is produced. In addition, when the purification treatment III is to produce a treatment liquid, before mixing two or more organic solvents, each component is purified. In addition, when the purification treatment IV is to produce a treatment liquid, after mixing two or more kinds of organic solvents, the mixture is purified. As described above, it is preferable to perform purification in order to obtain the target treatment liquid. Regarding the purification, it may be mixed after purifying each organic solvent, or it may be purified after mixing each organic solvent. In particular, from the viewpoint that the blending ratio of the organic solvent can be made constant, the method of blending the purified organic solvent is preferable. The purification treatments I to IV may be carried out only once, respectively, or they may be carried out twice or more. In addition, as the organic solvent used, it is possible to purchase high-purity products (especially those containing less organic impurities, metal impurities, and water, etc.), and to further use them after purification treatment as described below.
以下,示出提純製程的一例。以下說明中,將提純製程中之提純對象簡稱為“被提純液”。 作為提純製程,例如,可以舉出依次實施如下處理之樣態:第1離子交換處理,進行被提純液的離子交換處理;脫水處理,進行第1離子交換處理之後的被提純液的脫水;蒸餾處理,進行脫水處理之後的被提純液的蒸餾;第2離子交換處理,進行蒸餾處理之後的被提純液的離子交換處理;及有機雜質去除處理,進行第2離子交換處理之後的被提純液的有機雜質去除。另外,以下將上述提純製程作為一例進行說明,但製備本發明的處理液時的提純方法並不限制於此。例如亦可以係依次實施如下處理之樣態:首先,實施進行被提純液的脫水之脫水處理;實施進行脫水處理之後的被提純液的蒸餾之蒸餾處理;進行被提純液的離子交換處理之第1離子交換處理;及進行第2離子交換處理之後的被提純液的有機雜質去除之有機雜質去除處理。Below, an example of the purification process is shown. In the following description, the purification object in the purification process is referred to as "purified liquid" for short. As the purification process, for example, the following treatments are sequentially performed: the first ion exchange treatment, the ion exchange treatment of the purified liquid; the dehydration treatment, the dehydration of the purified liquid after the first ion exchange treatment; and the distillation Treatment, the distillation of the purified liquid after the dehydration treatment; the second ion exchange treatment, the ion exchange treatment of the purified liquid after the distillation treatment; and the organic impurity removal treatment, the distillation of the purified liquid after the second ion exchange treatment Removal of organic impurities. In addition, the above purification process is described as an example below, but the purification method when preparing the treatment liquid of the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the following treatments may be sequentially performed: first, a dehydration treatment for dehydrating the purified liquid; a distillation treatment for distilling the purified liquid after the dehydration treatment; and a second ion exchange treatment for the purified liquid. 1 ion exchange treatment; and organic impurity removal treatment for removing organic impurities from the purified liquid after the second ion exchange treatment.
依第1離子交換處理,能夠去除被提純液中的離子成分(例如金屬成分等)。 第1離子交換處理中,使用離子交換樹脂等第1離子交換機構。作為離子交換樹脂,可以係將陽離子交換樹脂或陰離子交換樹脂以單床設置者、將陽離子交換樹脂與陰離子交換樹脂以複數床設置者、及將陽離子交換樹脂與陰離子交換樹脂混床設置者中的任一種。 又,作為離子交換樹脂,為了減少來自離子交換樹脂的水分溶出,使用盡可能不含水分的乾燥樹脂為較佳。作為這種乾燥樹脂,能夠使用市售品,可以舉出Organo Corporation製的15JS-HG·DRY(產品名稱、乾燥陽離子交換樹脂、水分2%以下)及MSPS2-1·DRY(產品名稱、混床樹脂、水分10%以下)等。According to the first ion exchange treatment, ion components (for example, metal components, etc.) in the purified liquid can be removed. In the first ion exchange treatment, a first ion exchange mechanism such as an ion exchange resin is used. As the ion exchange resin, there can be one in which a cation exchange resin or an anion exchange resin is installed in a single bed, a cation exchange resin and an anion exchange resin are installed in multiple beds, and a cation exchange resin and an anion exchange resin are installed in a mixed bed. Any kind. In addition, as the ion exchange resin, in order to reduce the elution of water from the ion exchange resin, it is preferable to use a dry resin that does not contain water as much as possible. As such dry resins, commercially available products can be used, including 15JS-HG·DRY (product name, dry cation exchange resin, moisture content 2% or less) manufactured by Organo Corporation, and MSPS2-1·DRY (product name, mixed bed Resin, moisture content below 10%) etc.
依脫水處理,能夠去除被提純液中的水。又,脫水處理中使用了後述沸石(尤其,UNION SHOWA K.K.製的molecular sieve(產品名稱)等)時,還能夠去除烯烴類。 作為在脫水處理中使用之脫水機構,可以舉出脫水膜、不溶於被提純液之水吸附劑、使用了乾燥之非活性氣體之曝氣置換裝置及加熱、或真空加熱裝置等。 使用脫水膜時,進行基於滲透蒸發(PV)或蒸氣滲透(VP)之膜脫水。脫水膜係例如作為透水性膜模組而構成者。作為脫水膜,能夠使用聚醯亞胺系、纖維素系、聚乙烯醇系等由高分子系或沸石等無機系的原材料構成之膜。 水吸附劑藉由添加於被提純液中而使用。作為水吸附劑,可以舉出沸石、五氧化二磷、矽膠、氯化鈣、硫酸鈉、硫酸鎂、氯化鋅酐、發煙硫酸及鹼石灰等。According to the dehydration treatment, the water in the purified liquid can be removed. In addition, when the zeolite described later (especially, molecular sieve (product name) manufactured by UNION SHOWA K.K., etc.) is used in the dehydration treatment, olefins can also be removed. Examples of the dehydration mechanism used in the dehydration treatment include a dehydration membrane, a water adsorbent that is insoluble in the purified liquid, an aeration displacement device and heating using a dry inert gas, or a vacuum heating device. When using a dehydration membrane, perform membrane dehydration based on pervaporation (PV) or vapor permeation (VP). The dehydration membrane is, for example, a water-permeable membrane module. As the dehydration membrane, a polyimide-based film, a cellulose-based film, a polyvinyl alcohol-based film, or the like, which is composed of a polymer material or an inorganic material such as zeolite, can be used. The water adsorbent is used by adding to the purified liquid. Examples of the water adsorbent include zeolite, phosphorus pentoxide, silica gel, calcium chloride, sodium sulfate, magnesium sulfate, zinc chloride anhydride, oleum, soda lime, and the like.
依蒸餾處理,能夠去除從脫水膜溶出之雜質、第1離子交換處理中不易去除的被提純液中的金屬成分、微粒子(金屬成分為微粒子時,亦包括此)及被提純液中的水。 蒸餾機構例如藉由單段的蒸餾裝置構成。藉由蒸餾處理,雜質在蒸餾裝置內等中濃縮,但為了防止該濃縮之雜質的一部分流出,在蒸餾機構上設置定期或穩定地向外部排出濃縮之雜質之液體的一部分之機構為較佳。The distillation process can remove impurities eluted from the dehydration membrane, metal components in the purified liquid that are not easily removed in the first ion exchange treatment, fine particles (including fine particles when the metal component is fine), and water in the purified liquid. The distillation mechanism is constituted by, for example, a single-stage distillation apparatus. Through the distillation process, the impurities are concentrated in the distillation apparatus, etc. However, in order to prevent a part of the concentrated impurities from flowing out, it is preferable to provide a mechanism for regularly or stably discharging a part of the concentrated impurity liquid to the outside on the distillation mechanism.
依第2離子交換處理,在蓄積於蒸餾裝置內之雜質流出時,能夠將其去除。又,能夠去除來自被用作液體輸送管之不鏽鋼(SUS)等配管的溶出物。 作為第2離子交換機構,可以舉出在塔狀的容器內填充有離子交換樹脂者、及離子吸附膜。其中,從能夠以高流速進行處理之觀點考慮,離子吸附膜為較佳。 作為離子吸附膜,可以舉出NEOSEPTA(產品名稱、ASTOM Corporation製)。According to the second ion exchange treatment, the impurities accumulated in the distillation device can be removed when they flow out. In addition, it is possible to remove eluates from pipes such as stainless steel (SUS) used as liquid transport pipes. Examples of the second ion exchange mechanism include those filled with ion exchange resin in a tower-shaped container, and ion adsorption membranes. Among them, an ion adsorption membrane is preferred from the viewpoint of being capable of processing at a high flow rate. Examples of the ion adsorption membrane include NEOSEPTA (product name, manufactured by ASTOM Corporation).
上述各處理在密閉狀態且被提純液中混入水之可能性較低的非活性氣體氣氛下進行為較佳。 又,為了盡可能抑制水分的混入,各處理在露點溫度為-70℃以下的非活性氣體氣氛下進行為較佳。其理由在於,在-70℃以下的非活性氣體氣氛下,氣相中的水分濃度為2質量ppm以下,因此水分混入(被提純液)中之可能性變低。Each of the above treatments is preferably carried out in a closed state and in an inert gas atmosphere where the possibility of mixing water in the purified liquid is low. Moreover, in order to suppress the incorporation of moisture as much as possible, each treatment is preferably performed in an inert gas atmosphere with a dew point temperature of -70°C or less. The reason is that in an inert gas atmosphere of -70°C or less, the moisture concentration in the gas phase is 2 mass ppm or less, so the possibility that moisture will be mixed into the (purified liquid) becomes low.
作為提純製程,除了上述處理以外,還可以舉出國際公開第WO2012/043496號中記載之使用了碳化矽之金屬成分的吸附提純處理等。As the purification process, in addition to the above-mentioned treatment, there can be mentioned an adsorption purification treatment using a metal component of silicon carbide described in International Publication No. WO2012/043496.
依有機雜質去除處理,能夠去除蒸餾處理之後的被提純液中所含之、在蒸餾處理中不易去除的高沸點有機雜質等(亦包括沸點為300℃以上的有機物)。 作為有機雜質去除機構,例如能夠藉由具備能夠吸附有機雜質的有機雜質吸附過濾器之有機雜質吸附構件來實施。另外,有機雜質吸附構件通常具備上述有機雜質吸附過濾器和將上述雜質吸附過濾器進行固定之基材而構成。 從提高有機雜質的吸附性能之觀點考慮,有機雜質吸附過濾器為表面具有能夠與有機雜質相互作用的有機物骨架(換言之,藉由能夠與有機雜質相互作用的有機物骨架,表面得到修飾)為較佳。另外,所謂表面具有能夠與有機雜質相互作用的有機物骨架,作為一例可以舉出構成後述有機雜質吸附過濾器之基材的表面被賦予能夠與上述有機雜質相互作用的有機物骨架之形態。 作為能夠與有機雜質相互作用的有機物骨架,例如,可以舉出與有機雜質反應而能夠將有機雜質捕捉到有機雜質吸附過濾器之化學結構。更具體而言,作為有機雜質包含鄰苯二甲酸二辛酯、鄰苯二甲酸二異壬酯、己二酸二辛酯或鄰苯二甲酸二丁酯時,作為有機物骨架可以舉出苯環骨架。又,作為有機雜質包含三元乙丙橡膠時,作為有機物骨架可以舉出伸烷基骨架。又,作為有機雜質包含n-長鏈烷基醇(作為溶劑使用了1-長鏈烷基醇時的結構異構體)時,作為有機物骨架可以舉出烷基。 作為構成有機雜質吸附過濾器之基材(材質),可以舉出載持有活性碳之纖維素、矽藻土、尼龍、聚乙烯、聚丙烯、聚苯乙烯及氟樹脂等。 又,作為有機雜質去除過濾器,亦能夠使用日本特開2002-273123號公報及日本特開2013-150979號公報中記載的活性碳黏著在不織布之過濾器。According to the organic impurity removal treatment, it is possible to remove high-boiling organic impurities (including organic substances with a boiling point above 300°C) contained in the purified liquid after the distillation treatment, which are not easily removed during the distillation treatment. As the organic impurity removal mechanism, for example, it can be implemented by an organic impurity adsorption member provided with an organic impurity adsorption filter capable of adsorbing organic impurities. In addition, the organic impurity adsorbing member is generally configured by including the organic impurity adsorbing filter and the base material for fixing the impurity adsorbing filter. From the viewpoint of improving the adsorption performance of organic impurities, it is preferable that the organic impurity adsorption filter has an organic skeleton capable of interacting with organic impurities on the surface (in other words, the surface is modified by the organic skeleton capable of interacting with organic impurities) . In addition, the so-called surface having an organic skeleton capable of interacting with organic impurities, as an example, a form in which the surface of the substrate constituting the organic impurity adsorption filter described later is provided with an organic skeleton capable of interacting with the organic impurities can be mentioned. As an organic substance skeleton capable of interacting with organic impurities, for example, a chemical structure capable of reacting with organic impurities to capture the organic impurities in the organic impurity adsorption filter can be cited. More specifically, when dioctyl phthalate, diisononyl phthalate, dioctyl adipate, or dibutyl phthalate are contained as organic impurities, benzene ring skeleton. In addition, when the ethylene propylene diene rubber is contained as an organic impurity, an alkylene skeleton can be mentioned as an organic skeleton. Moreover, when an n-long-chain alkyl alcohol (structural isomer when a 1-long-chain alkyl alcohol is used as a solvent) is contained as an organic impurity, an alkyl group can be mentioned as an organic substance skeleton. As the base material (material) constituting the organic impurity adsorption filter, cellulose, diatomaceous earth, nylon, polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, fluororesin, etc. carrying activated carbon can be cited. In addition, as an organic impurity removal filter, a filter in which activated carbon is adhered to a non-woven fabric described in JP 2002-273123 A and JP 2013-150979 A can also be used.
又,上述有機雜質去除處理並不限制於如上述所述的使用了能夠吸附有機雜質的有機雜質吸附過濾器之樣態,例如亦可以係物理捕捉有機雜質之樣態。具有250℃以上的高沸點之有機雜質大多比較粗大(例如,碳數8以上的化合物),因此亦能夠藉由使用孔徑為1nm左右的過濾器來進行物理捕捉。 例如,作為有機雜質包含鄰苯二甲酸二辛酯時,鄰苯二甲酸二辛酯的結構大於10Å(=1nm)。因此,藉由使用孔徑為1nm的有機雜質去除過濾器,鄰苯二甲酸二辛酯無法通過過濾器的孔。亦即,鄰苯二甲酸二辛酯藉由過濾器被物理捕捉,因此從被提純物中被去除。 如此,有機雜質的去除不僅能夠應用化學性的相互作用,還能夠應用物理性的去除方法。其中,該情況下3nm以上的孔徑的過濾器被用作後述“過濾構件”,小於3nm的孔徑的過濾器被用作“有機雜質去除過濾器”。In addition, the above-mentioned organic impurity removal treatment is not limited to the aspect in which an organic impurity adsorption filter capable of adsorbing organic impurities is used as described above. For example, it may be a aspect in which organic impurities are physically captured. Most organic impurities with a high boiling point above 250°C are relatively coarse (for example, compounds with a carbon number of 8 or more), so they can also be physically captured by using a filter with a pore size of about 1 nm. For example, when dioctyl phthalate is included as an organic impurity, the structure of dioctyl phthalate is greater than 10 Å (=1 nm). Therefore, by using an organic impurity removal filter with a pore size of 1 nm, dioctyl phthalate cannot pass through the pores of the filter. That is, dioctyl phthalate is physically captured by the filter, and therefore is removed from the purified substance. In this way, not only chemical interactions can be applied to the removal of organic impurities, but also physical removal methods can be applied. Among them, in this case, a filter with a pore size of 3 nm or more is used as the “filtering member” described later, and a filter with a pore size of less than 3 nm is used as an “organic impurity removal filter”.
又,提純製程亦可以進一步具有例如後述提純處理V及提純處理VI。提純處理V及提純處理VI可以在任意時間實施,例如,可以舉出實施提純製程IV之後等。 提純處理V為以去除金屬離子為目的而使用了金屬離子吸附構件之過濾處理。 又,提純處理VI為用於去除粗大粒子的過濾處理。 以下,對提純處理V及提純處理VI進行說明。In addition, the purification process may further have, for example, the purification treatment V and the purification treatment VI described later. The purification treatment V and the purification treatment VI can be carried out at any time, for example, after carrying out the purification process IV, etc. can be mentioned. The purification treatment V is a filtration treatment using a metal ion adsorption member for the purpose of removing metal ions. In addition, the purification treatment VI is a filtration treatment for removing coarse particles. Hereinafter, the purification treatment V and the purification treatment VI will be described.
提純處理VI中,作為金屬離子的去除機構的一例,可以舉出使用了具備金屬離子吸附過濾器之金屬離子吸附構件之過濾。 金屬離子吸附構件為至少具備1個金屬離子吸附過濾器之結構,又,亦可以係依據所希望之提純級別重疊複數個金屬離子吸附過濾器之構成。金屬離子吸附構件通常具備上述金屬離子吸附過濾器和將上述金屬離子吸附過濾器進行固定之基材而構成。 金屬離子吸附過濾器具備吸附被提純液中的金屬離子之功能。又,金屬離子吸附過濾器為能夠進行離子交換的過濾器為較佳。 在此,作為成為吸附對象之金屬離子,並無特別限制,從容易成為半導體元件的缺陷的原因之觀點考慮,Fe、Cr、Ni及Pb為較佳。 從提高金屬離子的吸附性能之觀點考慮,金屬離子吸附過濾器在表面具有酸基為較佳。作為酸基,可以舉出磺基及羧基等。 作為構成金屬離子吸附過濾器之基材(材質),可以舉出纖維素、矽藻土、尼龍、聚乙烯、聚丙烯、聚苯乙烯及氟樹脂等。In the purification treatment VI, as an example of a metal ion removal mechanism, filtration using a metal ion adsorption member equipped with a metal ion adsorption filter can be cited. The metal ion adsorption member is a structure having at least one metal ion adsorption filter, and it can also be a structure in which a plurality of metal ion adsorption filters are overlapped according to the desired purification level. The metal ion adsorption member is generally configured by including the metal ion adsorption filter and the base material for fixing the metal ion adsorption filter. The metal ion adsorption filter has the function of adsorbing metal ions in the purified liquid. In addition, the metal ion adsorption filter is preferably a filter capable of ion exchange. Here, there are no particular restrictions on the metal ions to be adsorbed, but from the viewpoint of being likely to cause defects in the semiconductor element, Fe, Cr, Ni, and Pb are preferable. From the viewpoint of improving the adsorption performance of metal ions, the metal ion adsorption filter preferably has acid groups on the surface. As an acid group, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, etc. are mentioned. Examples of the base material (material) constituting the metal ion adsorption filter include cellulose, diatomaceous earth, nylon, polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, and fluororesin.
提純處理VI中,作為過濾機構的一例,可以舉出使用具備除粒徑為20nm以下之過濾器之過濾構件來實施之樣態。被提純液藉由上述過濾器的追加,能夠從被提純液中去除粒子狀的雜質。在此,作為“粒子狀的雜質”,可以舉出製造被提純液時使用之原料中作為雜質而包含之塵土、灰塵、有機固體物質及無機固體物質等粒子、以及將被提純液提純時作為污染物而夾入之塵土、灰塵、有機固體物質及無機固體物質的粒子等,但在被提純液中最終未溶解而作為粒子存在者亦屬於此。 又,“粒子狀的雜質”亦包括包含金屬原子之膠體化之雜質。作為金屬原子並無特別限制,選自包括Na、K、Ca、Fe、Cu、Mg、Mn、Li、Al、Cr、Ni、Zn及Pb(較佳為Fe、Cr、Ni及Pb)之群組中的至少1種金屬原子的含量特別低時(例如,被提純液中的上述金屬原子的含量分別為1000質量ppt以下時),包含該等金屬原子之雜質容易膠體化。藉由上述金屬離子吸附構件,難以去除膠體化之雜質。因此,藉由使用除粒徑為20nm以下之過濾器(例如孔徑為20nm以下的精密過濾膜),有效地進行膠體化之雜質的去除。 粒子狀的雜質具有可被除粒徑為20nm以下之過濾器去除之尺寸,具體而言為其直徑為20nm以上的粒子。另外,本說明書中,有時將粒子狀的雜質稱為“粗大粒子”。 其中,上述過濾器的除粒徑為1~15nm為較佳,1~12nm為更佳。若除粒徑為15nm以下,則藉此能夠去除更微細的粒子狀的雜質,若除粒徑為1nm以上,則藉此被提純液的過濾效率提高。 在此,除粒徑是指過濾器能夠去除的粒子的最小尺寸。例如,過濾器的除粒徑為20nm時,能夠去除直徑20nm以上的粒子。 作為上述過濾器的材質,例如,可以舉出6-尼龍、6,6-尼龍、聚乙烯、聚丙烯、聚苯乙烯及氟樹脂等。In the purification treatment VI, as an example of the filtering mechanism, there can be mentioned an aspect implemented using a filtering member provided with a filter having a particle diameter of 20 nm or less. The purified liquid can remove particulate impurities from the purified liquid by adding the above-mentioned filter. Here, the "particulate impurities" include dust, dust, organic solid matter, and inorganic solid matter particles contained as impurities in the raw materials used in the production of the purified liquid, as well as when the purified liquid is purified. Dust, dust, particles of organic solid materials and inorganic solid materials that are trapped by pollutants, but are not dissolved in the purified liquid and exist as particles also belong to this category. In addition, "particulate impurities" also include colloidal impurities containing metal atoms. The metal atom is not particularly limited, and is selected from the group including Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Mn, Li, Al, Cr, Ni, Zn, and Pb (preferably Fe, Cr, Ni, and Pb) When the content of at least one metal atom in the group is particularly low (for example, when the content of the above-mentioned metal atoms in the purified liquid is 1000 mass ppt or less), impurities including these metal atoms are likely to colloidize. With the aforementioned metal ion adsorption member, it is difficult to remove colloidal impurities. Therefore, by using a filter with a particle size of 20nm or less (for example, a precision filtration membrane with a pore size of 20nm or less), colloidal impurities can be effectively removed. The particulate impurities have a size that can be removed by a filter with a removal diameter of 20 nm or less, and specifically they are particles with a diameter of 20 nm or more. In addition, in this specification, particulate impurities may be referred to as "coarse particles". Among them, the particle diameter of the filter is preferably 1-15 nm, and more preferably 1-12 nm. If the removal particle size is 15 nm or less, finer particulate impurities can be removed by this, and if the removal particle size is 1 nm or more, the filtration efficiency of the purified liquid can thereby be improved. Here, the particle size removed refers to the smallest size of particles that can be removed by the filter. For example, when the particle diameter of the filter is 20 nm, particles with a diameter of 20 nm or more can be removed. Examples of the material of the filter include 6-nylon, 6,6-nylon, polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, fluororesin, and the like.
過濾構件亦可以進一步具有除粒徑為50nm以上的過濾器(例如孔徑為50nm以上的微粒子去除用精密過濾膜)。被提純液中除了膠體化之雜質,尤其包含如鐵或鋁這樣的金屬原子之膠體化之雜質以外還存在微粒子時,在使用除粒徑為20nm以下之過濾器(例如孔徑為20nm以下的精密過濾膜)進行過濾之前,使用除粒徑為50nm以上的過濾器(例如孔徑為50nm以上的微粒子去除用精密過濾膜)來實施被提純液的過濾,藉此除粒徑為20nm以下之過濾器(例如孔徑為20nm以下的精密過濾膜)的過濾效率提高,且粗大粒子的去除性能進一步提高。The filter member may further have a filter having a particle diameter of 50 nm or more (for example, a fine filter membrane for removing particles with a pore diameter of 50 nm or more). In addition to colloidal impurities, especially colloidal impurities containing metal atoms such as iron or aluminum, there are also fine particles in the purified liquid. Filter membrane) Before filtering, use a filter with a particle size of 50nm or more (for example, a precision filter membrane for removing particles with a pore size of 50nm or more) to filter the purified liquid, thereby removing the filter with a particle size of 20nm or less (For example, a precision filtration membrane with a pore size of 20 nm or less) has improved filtration efficiency, and the removal performance of coarse particles has been further improved.
能夠將經過這種各處理獲得之被提純液用於本發明的處理液的製備或直接作為本發明的處理液來使用。 另外,作為上述提純製程的一例示出了將各處理全部進行之情況,但並不限制於此,亦可以單獨進行上述各處理,還可以組合複數種上述處理來進行。又,上述各處理可以進行一次,亦可以進行複數次。The purified liquid obtained through each of these treatments can be used in the preparation of the treatment liquid of the present invention or directly used as the treatment liquid of the present invention. In addition, as an example of the purification process described above, a case where all the processes are performed is shown, but it is not limited to this, and each of the processes described above may be performed individually, or a plurality of the processes described above may be combined. In addition, each of the above-mentioned processes may be performed once, or may be performed multiple times.
除了上述提純製程以外,作為將處理液中所含之沸點為300℃以上的有機物、金屬成分及水的含量設定在所希望的範圍內之方法,還可以舉出將組成處理液之有機溶劑的原材料或處理液本身收容於雜質溶出較少的容器中之方法。又,亦可以舉出為了不使金屬成分從製造處理液時的“配管”等中溶出而在上述配管內壁實施氟系樹脂的內襯等方法。In addition to the above purification process, as a method of setting the contents of organic substances, metal components, and water contained in the treatment liquid with a boiling point of 300°C or higher within the desired range, there can also be mentioned the use of organic solvents that make up the treatment liquid. A method in which the raw material or the treatment liquid itself is contained in a container where impurities are less eluted. In addition, a method such as lining the inner wall of the pipe with a fluorine-based resin in order to prevent the metal component from eluting from the "pipe" or the like when the processing liquid is produced can also be cited.
〔容器(收容容器)﹞
本發明的處理液,只要腐蝕性等不成為問題,則能夠填充於任何容器中進行保管、運輸並使用。
作為容器,半導體用容器為容器內的清潔度高且雜質的溶出較少者為較佳。
作為能夠使用的容器,具體而言可以舉出AICELLO CORPORATION製的“clean bottle”系列及KODAMA PLASTICS Co.,Ltd.製的“pure bottle”等,但並不限制於該等。該容器的內壁(與容器內的溶液接觸之接液部)為由非金屬材料形成者為較佳。
作為非金屬材料,選自包括聚乙烯樹脂、聚丙烯樹脂、聚乙烯-聚丙烯樹脂、四氟乙烯樹脂(PTFE)、四氟乙烯-全氟烷基乙烯基醚共聚物(PFA)、四氟乙烯-六氟丙烯共聚樹脂(FEP)、乙烯-四氟乙烯共聚樹脂(ETFE)、乙烯-三氟氯乙烯共聚樹脂(ECTFE)、聚偏二氟乙烯樹脂(PVDF)、三氟氯乙烯共聚樹脂(PCTFE)及聚氟乙烯樹脂(PVF)之群組中的至少1種為更佳。
尤其,上述中使用內壁為氟系樹脂之容器時,與內壁為聚乙烯樹脂、聚丙烯樹脂或聚乙烯-聚丙烯樹脂之容器之情況相比,能夠抑制乙烯或丙烯的寡聚物溶出等不良情況的產生。
作為這種內壁為氟系樹脂之容器的具體例,例如,可以舉出Entegris Inc.製的FluoroPurePFA複合筒等。又,還能夠使用日本特表平3-502677號公報的第4頁等、國際公開第2004/016526號小冊子的第3頁等及國際公開第99/46309號小冊子的第9頁及16頁等中記載的容器。
另外,設計成非金屬材料的內壁時,非金屬材料中的有機成分在處理液中的溶出得到抑制為較佳。〔Container (Container)﹞
The processing liquid of the present invention can be filled in any container, stored, transported, and used as long as corrosivity and the like are not a problem.
As the container, it is preferable that the container for semiconductors has high cleanliness in the container and less elution of impurities.
Specific examples of usable containers include "clean bottle" series manufactured by AICELLO CORPORATION and "pure bottle" manufactured by KODAMA PLASTICS Co., Ltd., but are not limited to these. The inner wall of the container (the wetted part in contact with the solution in the container) is preferably formed of a non-metallic material.
As non-metallic materials, selected from polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin, polyethylene-polypropylene resin, tetrafluoroethylene resin (PTFE), tetrafluoroethylene-perfluoroalkyl vinyl ether copolymer (PFA), tetrafluoroethylene resin Ethylene-hexafluoropropylene copolymer resin (FEP), ethylene-tetrafluoroethylene copolymer resin (ETFE), ethylene-chlorotrifluoroethylene copolymer resin (ECTFE), polyvinylidene fluoride resin (PVDF), chlorotrifluoroethylene copolymer resin At least one of the group of (PCTFE) and polyvinyl fluoride resin (PVF) is more preferable.
In particular, when a container with an inner wall of fluorine resin is used in the above, compared with the case of a container with an inner wall of polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin or polyethylene-polypropylene resin, the elution of ethylene or propylene oligomers can be suppressed. And other undesirable situations.
As a specific example of such a container whose inner wall is a fluorine-based resin, for example, a FluoroPurePFA composite cylinder manufactured by Entegris Inc. can be cited. In addition, it is possible to use
又,作為容器的內壁,除了上述非金屬材料以外,亦可較佳地使用石英或金屬材料(更佳為經過電解研磨之金屬材料。換言之,盡可能為電解研磨完畢的金屬材料)。 上述金屬材料(尤其,在經過電解研磨之金屬材料的製造中使用之金屬材料)包含相對於金屬材料總質量超過25質量%的鉻者為較佳,例如,可以舉出不鏽鋼。 金屬材料中的鉻的含量相對於金屬材料總質量為30質量%以上為更佳。又,作為其上限值並無特別限制,通常為90質量%以下為較佳。In addition, as the inner wall of the container, in addition to the aforementioned non-metallic materials, quartz or metal materials (more preferably electrolytically polished metal materials. In other words, it is possible to use electrolytically polished metal materials as much as possible). The aforementioned metal material (especially, the metal material used in the production of the electrolytically ground metal material) preferably contains more than 25% by mass of chromium relative to the total mass of the metal material. For example, stainless steel can be mentioned. The content of chromium in the metal material is more preferably 30% by mass or more with respect to the total mass of the metal material. In addition, there is no particular limitation on the upper limit, but it is usually preferably 90% by mass or less.
作為不鏽鋼,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的不鏽鋼。
其中,包含8質量%以上的鎳之合金為較佳,包含8質量%以上的鎳之奧氏體系不鏽鋼為更佳。作為奧氏體系不鏽鋼,例如,可以舉出SUS(不鏽鋼,鋼用不鏽鋼(Steel Use Stainless))304(Ni含量8質量%、Cr含量18質量%)、SUS304L(Ni含量9質量%、Cr含量18質量%)、SUS316(Ni含量10質量%、Cr含量16質量%)及SUS316L(Ni含量12質量%、Cr含量16質量%)等。As stainless steel, there is no restriction|limiting in particular, A well-known stainless steel can be used.
Among them, an alloy containing 8% by mass or more of nickel is preferable, and an austenitic stainless steel containing 8% by mass or more of nickel is more preferable. As austenitic stainless steels, for example, SUS (stainless steel, Steel Use Stainless) 304 (
作為將金屬材料進行電解研磨之方法,並無特別限制,能夠採用公知的方法。例如,能夠使用日本特開2015-227501號公報的[0011]~[0014]段及日本特開2008-264929號公報的[0036]~[0042]段等中所記載之方法。There is no particular limitation on the method of electrolytic polishing a metal material, and a known method can be adopted. For example, the methods described in paragraphs [0011] to [0014] of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-227501 and paragraphs [0036] to [0042] of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-264929 can be used.
推測為金屬材料藉由電解研磨而表面的鈍化層中的鉻的含量變得比母相的鉻的含量還多。因此,推測為金屬成分不易從用經過電解研磨之金屬材料包覆之內壁流出到溶液中,因此能夠獲得金屬成分(金屬雜質)減少之溶液。 另外,金屬材料被拋光為較佳。拋光的方法並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的方法。在精拋中使用之研磨粒的尺寸並無特別限制,從金屬材料的表面凹凸更容易變小的觀點考慮,#400以下為較佳。 另外,拋光在電解研磨之前進行為較佳。 又,金屬材料亦可以係將改變研磨粒的大小等號數而進行之複數個階段的拋光、酸洗及磁性流體研磨等組合1種或2種以上而處理者。It is presumed that the content of chromium in the passivation layer on the surface of the metal material by electrolytic polishing becomes more than the content of chromium in the parent phase. Therefore, it is presumed that the metal component does not easily flow out into the solution from the inner wall covered with the electrolytically polished metal material, so a solution with reduced metal components (metal impurities) can be obtained. In addition, it is preferable that the metal material is polished. The polishing method is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used. The size of the abrasive grains used in the fine polishing is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint that the surface irregularities of the metal material are more likely to become smaller, #400 or less is preferable. In addition, polishing is preferably performed before electrolytic polishing. In addition, the metal material may be processed by combining multiple stages of polishing, pickling, and magnetic fluid polishing performed by changing the size of the abrasive grains and the like.
本發明中,將具有上述容器和收容於該容器內之上述處理液者亦稱為溶液收容體。In the present invention, the one having the container and the processing liquid contained in the container is also referred to as a solution container.
該等容器在填充處理液之前其內部經過洗淨為較佳。作為在洗淨中使用之液體為本發明的處理液其本身或本發明的處理液中所含之有機溶劑時,可顯著獲得本發明的效果。本發明的處理液亦可以在製造之後裝到加侖瓶或QT瓶等容器中而進行運輸及保管。加侖瓶可以係使用玻璃材料者,亦可以係使用其他材料者。It is preferable that the inside of these containers is cleaned before being filled with the treatment liquid. When the liquid used in washing is the treatment liquid itself of the present invention or an organic solvent contained in the treatment liquid of the present invention, the effects of the present invention can be remarkably obtained. The treatment liquid of the present invention can also be transported and stored in containers such as gallon bottles or QT bottles after manufacture. Gallon bottles can be those using glass or other materials.
亦可以以防止保管中的處理液中的成分變化為目的,將容器內部替換成純度99.99995體積%以上的非活性氣體(氮或氬等)。尤其,含水率較少的氣體為較佳。又,運輸及保管時可以係常溫,但亦可以為了防止變質而將溫度控制在-20℃~20℃的範圍。It is also possible to replace the inside of the container with an inert gas (nitrogen, argon, etc.) with a purity of 99.99995% by volume or more for the purpose of preventing changes in the composition of the processing liquid in storage. In particular, a gas with a lower water content is preferable. In addition, normal temperature may be used during transportation and storage, but the temperature may be controlled in the range of -20°C to 20°C in order to prevent deterioration.
〔無塵室〕
包括本發明的處理液的製造、收容容器的開封和/或洗淨、處理液的填充等之操作、處理分析及測定全部在無塵室進行為較佳。無塵室滿足ISO14644-1無塵室基準為較佳。滿足ISO(國際標準化組織)等級1、ISO等級2、ISO等級3及ISO等級4中的任1種為較佳,滿足ISO等級1或ISO等級2為更佳,滿足ISO等級1為進一步較佳。包括後述實施例中的處理液的製造、收容容器的開封和/或洗淨、處理液的填充等之操作、處理分析及測定在等級2的無塵室中進行。〔Clean room〕
It is preferable that all operations, processing analysis, and measurement including the manufacturing of the processing liquid of the present invention, the unsealing and/or washing of the storage container, and the filling of the processing liquid, are performed in a clean room. It is better that the clean room meets the ISO14644-1 clean room standard. Meeting ISO (International Organization for Standardization)
〔除電製程〕 本發明的處理液或處理液中所含之有機溶劑的製備及提純中,亦可以進一步具有除電製程。除電製程為對選自包括原料、反應物及提純物之群組中的至少1種(以下稱為“提純物等”。)進行除電,藉此減少提純物等的靜電電位之製程。 作為除電方法,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的除電方法。作為除電方法,例如,可以舉出使上述提純液等接觸導電性材料之方法。 使上述提純液等接觸導電性材料之時間為0.001~60秒鐘為較佳,0.001~1秒鐘為更佳,0.01~0.1秒鐘為進一步較佳。作為導電性材料,可以舉出不鏽鋼、金、鉑金、金剛石及玻璃碳等。 作為使提純液等接觸導電性材料之方法,例如,可以舉出將由導電性材料構成之接地之篩網配置於管路內部,並在此通入提純液等之方法等。[Static elimination process] In the preparation and purification of the treatment liquid or the organic solvent contained in the treatment liquid of the present invention, it is also possible to further have a neutralization process. The neutralization process is a process of neutralizing at least one selected from the group consisting of raw materials, reactants, and refined products (hereinafter referred to as "purified products, etc."), thereby reducing the electrostatic potential of the refined products. There is no particular limitation on the method of neutralization, and a known neutralization method can be used. As a method of removing electricity, for example, a method of contacting the above-mentioned purified liquid or the like with a conductive material can be cited. The time for the above-mentioned purified liquid or the like to contact the conductive material is preferably 0.001 to 60 seconds, more preferably 0.001 to 1 second, and still more preferably 0.01 to 0.1 second. Examples of conductive materials include stainless steel, gold, platinum, diamond, and glassy carbon. As a method of bringing the purified liquid or the like into contact with the conductive material, for example, a method of arranging a grounded screen made of a conductive material in the pipeline and passing the purified liquid or the like therein.
上述除電製程亦可以在從原料供給到提純物的填充為止的任意時刻實施,例如在選自包括原料供給製程、反應製程、調液製程、提純製程、過濾製程及填充製程之群組中的至少1種製程之前設置為較佳,在向上述各製程中使用之容器中輸入提純物等之前,進行除電製程而更佳。藉此,能夠抑制來自於容器等之雜質混入提純物等中。 [實施例]The aforementioned neutralization process can also be implemented at any time from the supply of raw materials to the filling of the purified product, for example, at least selected from the group consisting of a raw material supply process, a reaction process, a liquid conditioning process, a purification process, a filtration process, and a filling process. It is preferable to set before one process, and it is more preferable to perform a static elimination process before inputting the purified substance into the container used in the above-mentioned processes. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the mixing of impurities from the container and the like into the purified product and the like. [Example]
以下,藉由實施例對本發明進行說明,但本發明並不限定於該等。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described with examples, but the present invention is not limited to these.
〔感光化射線或感放射線性組成物(阻劑組成物)〕 使用以下示出之材料來製備了感光化射線或感放射線性組成物(阻劑組成物)。〔Sensitizing radiation or radiation sensitive composition (resist composition)〕 The sensitizing radiation or radiation-sensitive composition (resist composition) was prepared using the materials shown below.
<樹脂(A)> (合成例1):樹脂(A-1)的合成 在2L燒瓶中放入環己酮(600g),並以100mL/min的流量對上述環己酮進行1小時的氮取代。然後,將聚合起始劑V-601(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製)(4.60g(0.02mol))加入到上述燒瓶中,並將上述燒瓶的內容物的內部溫度加溫至80℃。 接著,將4-乙醯氧基苯乙烯(48.66g(0.3mol))、甲基丙烯酸1-乙基環戊酯(109.4g(0.6mol))、單體1(22.2g(0.1mol))及聚合起始劑V-601(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製)(4.60g(0.02mol))溶解於環己酮(200g)中,製備了單體溶液。 以上述方式經6小時將上述單體溶液滴加到內部溫度加熱至80℃之上述燒瓶中。滴加結束之後,進一步在內部溫度為80℃下反應了2小時。<Resin (A)> (Synthesis example 1): Synthesis of resin (A-1) Cyclohexanone (600 g) was placed in a 2L flask, and the above cyclohexanone was substituted with nitrogen at a flow rate of 100 mL/min for 1 hour. Then, polymerization initiator V-601 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) (4.60 g (0.02 mol)) was added to the flask, and the internal temperature of the contents of the flask was heated to 80°C. Next, 4-acetoxystyrene (48.66g (0.3mol)), 1-ethylcyclopentyl methacrylate (109.4g (0.6mol)), monomer 1 (22.2g (0.1mol)) And polymerization initiator V-601 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation) (4.60 g (0.02 mol)) was dissolved in cyclohexanone (200 g) to prepare a monomer solution. The above-mentioned monomer solution was added dropwise to the above-mentioned flask whose internal temperature was heated to 80°C over 6 hours in the above-mentioned manner. After completion of the dropping, the reaction was further carried out at an internal temperature of 80°C for 2 hours.
[化學式67] [Chemical formula 67]
將反應溶液(上述燒瓶的內容物)冷卻至室溫之後,滴加到己烷(3L)中,獲得了使聚合物沉澱之混合液。過濾上述混合液獲得了固體(過濾產物)。將所獲得之固體(過濾產物)溶解於丙酮(500ml)中,再次滴加到己烷(3L)中,並以與上述相同的方式再次獲得了固體(過濾產物)。減壓乾燥所獲得之固體而獲得了4-乙醯氧基苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸1-乙基環戊酯/單體1共聚物(A-1a)(160g)。After the reaction solution (the contents of the above flask) was cooled to room temperature, it was added dropwise to hexane (3 L) to obtain a mixed solution that precipitated the polymer. The above mixed liquid was filtered to obtain a solid (filtered product). The obtained solid (filtered product) was dissolved in acetone (500 ml), added dropwise to hexane (3L) again, and the solid (filtered product) was again obtained in the same manner as above. The obtained solid was dried under reduced pressure to obtain 4-acetoxystyrene/1-ethylcyclopentyl methacrylate/
反應容器中將上述獲得之共聚物(A-1a)(10g)、甲醇(40ml)、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇(200ml)及濃鹽酸(1.5ml)加入到內部為空的燒瓶中,並將反應溶液(上述燒瓶的內容物)加熱至80℃並攪拌了5小時。將反應溶液自然冷卻至室溫之後,滴加到蒸餾水(3L)中而獲得了混合液。過濾上述混合液獲得了固體(過濾產物)。將所獲得之固體(過濾產物)溶解於丙酮(200ml)中,再次滴加到蒸餾水(3L)中,並以與上述相同的方式再次獲得了固體(過濾產物)。將所獲得之固體進行減壓乾燥而獲得了樹脂(A-1)(8.5g)。樹脂(A-1)的重量平均分子量為10800,分子量分散度(Mw/Mn)為1.55。In the reaction vessel, add the copolymer (A-1a) (10g), methanol (40ml), 1-methoxy-2-propanol (200ml) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (1.5ml) obtained above into the empty flask The reaction solution (the contents of the above flask) was heated to 80°C and stirred for 5 hours. After the reaction solution was naturally cooled to room temperature, it was added dropwise to distilled water (3 L) to obtain a mixed solution. The above mixed liquid was filtered to obtain a solid (filtered product). The obtained solid (filtered product) was dissolved in acetone (200ml) and added dropwise to distilled water (3L) again, and the solid (filtered product) was again obtained in the same manner as above. The obtained solid was dried under reduced pressure to obtain resin (A-1) (8.5 g). The weight average molecular weight of the resin (A-1) was 10,800, and the molecular weight dispersion (Mw/Mn) was 1.55.
(合成例2~5):樹脂(A-2)~(A-5)的合成 除了變更所使用之單體以外,以與上述合成例1相同的方法進一步合成了樹脂(A-2)~(A-5)。利用1 H-NMR(核磁共振(Nuclear Magnetic Resonance))測定計算了樹脂中的各重複單元的組成比(莫耳比)。(Synthesis examples 2 to 5): Synthesis of resins (A-2) to (A-5), except that the monomers used were changed, and resins (A-2) to were further synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 above. (A-5). The composition ratio (molar ratio) of each repeating unit in the resin was calculated by 1 H-NMR (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance) measurement.
下述表中示出阻劑組成物中使用之樹脂。 表中,“組成比(莫耳比)”欄中示出構成各樹脂之各重複單元的含量(組成比(莫耳比))。“結構”欄中示出之各重複單元的含量與“組成比(莫耳比)”欄中示出之值從左依次對應。The resins used in the resist composition are shown in the following table. In the table, the "composition ratio (molar ratio)" column shows the content (composition ratio (molar ratio)) of each repeating unit constituting each resin. The content of each repeating unit shown in the "Structure" column corresponds to the value shown in the "Composition ratio (mole ratio)" column in order from the left.
[表1] [Table 1]
<光酸產生劑> 作為酸產生劑,使用了下述成分。<Photoacid generator> As the acid generator, the following components were used.
[化學式68] [Chemical formula 68]
<鹼性化合物(酸擴散控制劑)> 作為鹼性化合物,使用了下述成分。<Basic compound (acid diffusion control agent)> As the basic compound, the following components were used.
[化學式69] [Chemical formula 69]
<溶劑> 作為溶劑,使用了下述成分。 C-1:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 C-2:丙二醇 C-3:乳酸乙酯 C-4:環己酮<Solvent> As the solvent, the following components were used. C-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate C-2: Propylene glycol C-3: Ethyl lactate C-4: Cyclohexanone
<其他添加劑> 作為其他添加劑,使用了下述成分。 添加劑1:2-羥基-3-萘甲酸 添加劑2:界面活性劑PF6320(OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製)<Other additives> As other additives, the following components were used. Additive 1: 2-hydroxy-3-naphthoic acid Additive 2: Surfactant PF6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc.)
<阻劑組成物的製備> 將下述表2中示出之各成分以同表中示出之配合溶解於同表中示出之溶劑中。使用具有0.03μm的細孔尺寸之聚乙烯過濾器對所獲得之混合液進行過濾,獲得了阻劑組成物1~7。<Preparation of resist composition> Each component shown in the following Table 2 was dissolved in the solvent shown in the same table with the compounding shown in the same table. The obtained mixed liquid was filtered using a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.03 μm to obtain resist compositions 1-7.
[表2]
[試驗]
〔簡單解析性能評價:EB曝光評價:實施例1~11及比較例1~6〕
使用表2中記載之阻劑組成物1~6,藉由以下操作形成了阻劑圖案。表3及4中示出阻劑圖案形成條件的詳細內容。
EB曝光及EUV曝光均藉由曝光而阻劑膜被離子化以產生二次電子,並且藉由所產生之二次電子而光酸產生劑進行分解以產生酸。因此,作為簡單曝光評價,即使代替EUV曝光而使用EB曝光來作為評價,亦能夠再現出與EUV曝光相同的結果。[test]
[Evaluation of simple analytical performance: EB exposure evaluation: Examples 1 to 11 and Comparative Examples 1 to 6]
Using resist
<圖案的製作> (阻劑組成物的塗佈及塗佈後烘烤) 在6英吋矽晶圓上塗佈有機膜形成用組成物(產品名稱:AL412、Brewer Science, Inc.製),並在205℃下烘烤60秒鐘,形成了膜厚為20nm的有機膜。在其上塗佈表2中記載之阻劑組成物,並以下述表4中記載之條件進行烘烤(塗佈後烘烤),形成了膜厚為60nm的阻劑膜。<Creation of patterns> (Coating of resist composition and baking after coating) The composition for forming an organic film (product name: AL412, manufactured by Brewer Science, Inc.) was applied on a 6-inch silicon wafer, and baked at 205°C for 60 seconds to form an organic film with a thickness of 20 nm . The resist composition described in Table 2 was coated thereon, and baked under the conditions described in Table 4 below (post-coating baking) to form a resist film with a film thickness of 60 nm.
(曝光)
使用電子束照射裝置(ELIONIX INC.製 G100;加速電壓100keV、射束電流100pA)將半間距為22nm的線與空間圖案(長度方向0.2mm、描繪條數45個)以表3中記載之各曝光量對以上述方式形成阻劑膜之晶圓(帶阻劑膜之晶圓)中的阻劑膜進行了曝光。具體而言,以與以下所示之表3中的各個Shot編號對應之曝光量分別進行了曝光。
以各曝光量對阻劑膜進行曝光(Shot),並將以各曝光量進行曝光之阻劑膜分別提供到之後的製程中。
另外,表3中的各曝光量以Shot編號的順序分別設定成邏輯上間隔相等。
即使在評價中使用之阻劑膜的靈敏度不同時,亦能夠藉由比較能夠最終無問題地解析之Shot數(能夠無問題地解析之曝光量的數)來對解析性能進行比較。(exposure)
Using an electron beam irradiation device (G100 manufactured by ELIONIX INC.;
[表3]
(曝光後烘烤) 曝光後從電子束照射裝置中取出上述晶圓,立即以表4中記載之條件在加熱板上進行加熱(曝光後烘烤)。(Bake after exposure) After exposure, the wafer was taken out of the electron beam irradiation device, and immediately heated on a hot plate under the conditions described in Table 4 (post-exposure baking).
(顯影製程) 使用淋浴型顯影裝置(ACTES Co.,Ltd.製ADE3000S),一邊以50rpm旋轉上述晶圓,一邊在上述晶圓上以200mL/分鐘的流量將表4中記載之顯影液(23℃)噴出10秒鐘以進行了顯影。(Development process) Using a shower-type developing device (ADE3000S manufactured by ACTES Co., Ltd.), while rotating the wafer at 50 rpm, the developer solution (23°C) described in Table 4 was sprayed on the wafer at a flow rate of 200 mL/min. 10 Seconds to develop.
(沖洗製程) 然後,一邊以50rpm旋轉上述晶圓,一邊在上述晶圓上以200mL/分鐘的流量將表4中記載之沖洗液(23℃)噴出5秒鐘以進行了沖洗處理。其中,在比較例1中,沒有實施沖洗處理。 最後,以2000rpm高速旋轉60秒鐘以使上述晶圓乾燥。(Flushing process) Then, while rotating the wafer at 50 rpm, the rinsing liquid (23° C.) described in Table 4 was sprayed on the wafer at a flow rate of 200 mL/min for 5 seconds to perform a rinsing process. Among them, in Comparative Example 1, rinsing treatment was not performed. Finally, the wafer was rotated at a high speed of 2000 rpm for 60 seconds to dry the wafer.
以下示出表4,其中記載了各實施例或比較例中的圖案形成條件。 表4中,“阻劑組成物”欄中示出阻劑膜的形成中使用之阻劑組成物的編號。 又,表4中記載之顯影液及沖洗液的配合將在後段的表5中示出。Table 4 is shown below, in which the pattern formation conditions in each Example or Comparative Example are described. In Table 4, the "resist composition" column shows the number of the resist composition used in the formation of the resist film. In addition, the combination of the developer and the rinse liquid described in Table 4 will be shown in Table 5 in the following paragraph.
[表4]
表5中示出表4中記載之處理液(顯影液或沖洗液)的配合。 表5中,“bp1-bp2”欄中示出從第一有機溶劑的沸點(bp1)減去第二有機溶劑的沸點(bp2)而得之值(℃)。Table 5 shows the blending of the treatment liquids (developer or rinse liquid) described in Table 4. In Table 5, the column "bp1-bp2" shows the value (°C) obtained by subtracting the boiling point (bp2) of the second organic solvent from the boiling point (bp1) of the first organic solvent.
[表5]
表6~8中示出表5中記載之處理液(顯影液或沖洗液)中使用之有機溶劑的特徵。表6中示出第一有機溶劑的特徵,表7中示出第二有機溶劑的特徵,表8中示出其他有機溶劑的特徵。 表6~8中,“結構”欄中示出第一或第二有機溶劑是否具有直鏈狀或支鏈狀烷基。“支鏈”的記載表示第一或第二有機溶劑具有支鏈狀烷基。“直鏈”的記載表示第一或第二有機溶劑具有直鏈狀的烷基且不具有支鏈狀烷基。Tables 6 to 8 show the characteristics of the organic solvents used in the treatment liquids (developer or rinse liquid) described in Table 5. Table 6 shows the characteristics of the first organic solvent, Table 7 shows the characteristics of the second organic solvent, and Table 8 shows the characteristics of other organic solvents. In Tables 6 to 8, the "structure" column shows whether the first or second organic solvent has a linear or branched alkyl group. The description of "branched chain" means that the first or second organic solvent has a branched alkyl group. The description of "linear" means that the first or second organic solvent has a linear alkyl group and does not have a branched alkyl group.
[表6]
[表7]
[表8]
<評價> 關於以下項目,進行了所獲得之圖案的評價。表9中示出結果的詳細內容。<Evaluation> With regard to the following items, the obtained patterns were evaluated. Table 9 shows the details of the results.
(靈敏度) 使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(Hitachi, Ltd.製S-9260)觀察了所獲得之圖案。在22nm的線寬中,將以線與空間的比率為1:1進行分離解析之照射能量作為阻劑膜的靈敏度(μC/cm2 )。(Sensitivity) The obtained pattern was observed using a scanning electron microscope (S-9260 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). In a line width of 22 nm, the irradiated energy for separation and analysis with a line to space ratio of 1:1 is used as the sensitivity of the resist film (μC/cm 2 ).
(解析幀數(解析性))
使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(Hitachi, Ltd.製S-9260)觀察了22nm線與空間圖案的各曝光量下的解析情況。藉由計數以各曝光量無問題地解析之Shot數,並評價了解析性。
圖1中示出實施例1及比較例1中的以Shot編號3~10的曝光量進行曝光而形成之圖案的顯微鏡照片。
比較例1中,僅將以Shot編號4的曝光量進行曝光之情況判定為無問題地解析。亦即,比較例1中,能夠無問題地解析之Shot數(解析幀數)為1。
對應地在實施例1中,以Shot編號4~8的曝光量進行曝光之情況下判定為無問題地解析。亦即,比較例1中,能夠無問題地解析之Shot數(解析幀數)為5。
基於相同的判定基準,對於其他實施例及比較例亦求出了解析幀數。(Analysis frame number (analysis))
A scanning electron microscope (S-9260 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) was used to observe the analysis of the 22nm line and space pattern at each exposure amount. By counting the number of shots analyzed with each exposure amount without problems, the resolution was evaluated.
Fig. 1 shows micrographs of the patterns formed by exposure with
(殘渣(殘渣抑制性)) 使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(Hitachi, Ltd.製S-9260)觀察上述晶圓的未曝光部分,並確認了是否存在殘渣。(Residue (residue inhibition)) A scanning electron microscope (S-9260 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) was used to observe the unexposed part of the wafer, and it was confirmed whether there was any residue.
(形狀(薄膜化抑制性)) 使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(Hitachi, Ltd.製S-4800)觀察顯示上述靈敏度之照射量下的線寬為22nm的圖案形狀,並按照以下指標,評價了所獲得之圖案的形狀。 圖案形狀越接近矩形,則能夠判定為越能夠抑制薄膜化,圖案形狀的劣化越顯著,則能夠判定為薄膜化越多。 A:矩形 B:形狀稍微劣化 C:形狀顯著地劣化或未解析(Shape (Thinning suppression property)) A scanning electron microscope (S-4800 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) was used to observe the shape of a pattern with a line width of 22 nm at an irradiation level showing the above sensitivity, and the shape of the obtained pattern was evaluated according to the following index. The closer the pattern shape is to a rectangle, the more it can be judged that thinning can be suppressed, the more significant the deterioration of the pattern shape, the more thinning it can be judged to be. A: Rectangle B: The shape is slightly deteriorated C: The shape is significantly degraded or unresolved
[表9]
<結果> 從表9中示出結果可確認到,將本發明的處理液用作沖洗液時,可獲得所希望的效果。<Results> From the results shown in Table 9, it can be confirmed that when the treatment liquid of the present invention is used as a rinse liquid, the desired effect can be obtained.
從實施例1及7~9與實施例10的比較中確認到第一有機溶劑及第二有機溶劑這兩者均具有支鏈狀烷基之情況下,效果更優異。 又,從與相同的實施例的比較中確認到滿足式(1)的關係時,效果更優異。From the comparison of Examples 1 and 7 to 9 and Example 10, it was confirmed that when both the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent have a branched alkyl group, the effect is more excellent. In addition, it was confirmed from the comparison with the same example that the effect is more excellent when the relationship of formula (1) is satisfied.
從實施例3與實施例11的比較中確認到第二有機溶劑具有支鏈狀烷基之情況下,效果更優異。From the comparison between Example 3 and Example 11, it was confirmed that when the second organic solvent has a branched alkyl group, the effect is more excellent.
從實施例4與實施例7的比較中確認到阻劑組成物包含具有羥基苯乙烯系重複單元之樹脂之情況下,效果更優異。From the comparison between Example 4 and Example 7, it was confirmed that when the resist composition contains a resin having a hydroxystyrene-based repeating unit, the effect is more excellent.
〔EUV曝光評價(製程窗口評價):實施例12~13及比較例7〕
使用表2中記載之組成物7,並藉由以下操作形成了阻劑圖案。表10中示出阻劑圖案形成條件的詳細內容。[EUV exposure evaluation (process window evaluation): Examples 12-13 and Comparative Example 7]
Using
<圖案的形成>
(阻劑組成物的塗佈及塗佈後烘烤)
在12英吋矽晶圓上塗佈有機膜形成用組成物AL412(Brewer Science, Inc.製),並在205℃下烘烤60秒鐘,形成了膜厚為20nm的有機膜。在其上塗佈表2中記載之阻劑組成物7,並以下述表10中記載之條件進行烘烤(塗佈後烘烤),形成了膜厚為40nm的阻劑膜。<Formation of pattern>
(Coating of resist composition and baking after coating)
An organic film formation composition AL412 (manufactured by Brewer Science, Inc.) was applied on a 12-inch silicon wafer and baked at 205°C for 60 seconds to form an organic film with a thickness of 20 nm. The resist
(曝光) 使用EUV曝光裝置在以上述方式形成阻劑膜之晶圓(帶阻劑膜之晶圓)上,並改變焦點和曝光量來對HP(半間距)為28nm的點圖案進行了曝光。 具體而言,焦點條件設為在-0.06~0.10μm的範圍內每次改變0.02μm,且焦點條件為共9種。又,曝光量條件設為在41~69mJ/cm2 的範圍內每次改變1mJ/cm2 的曝光量,且曝光量條件為共29種。並且,分別組合9種焦點及29種曝光量條件,且在共261種曝光條件下進行了各曝光。(Exposure) The EUV exposure device was used to form the resist film on the wafer (wafer with resist film) in the above manner, and the focus and exposure amount were changed to expose the HP (half pitch) 28nm dot pattern . Specifically, the focus condition is set to change 0.02 μm every time within the range of -0.06 to 0.10 μm, and there are 9 types of focus conditions in total. Further, the exposure condition is set in the range of 41 ~ 69mJ / cm 2 in each exposure amount of 1mJ / cm 2 is changed, and the exposure conditions for a total of 29 species. In addition, 9 types of focus and 29 types of exposure conditions were combined, and each exposure was performed under a total of 261 types of exposure conditions.
(曝光後烘烤) 曝光後,從曝光裝置中取出上述晶圓,立即使用具備顯影裝置(Tokyo Electron Limited.製ACT12)之加熱板,並在110℃的條件下烘烤(曝光後烘烤)了60秒鐘。(Bake after exposure) After exposure, the wafer was taken out of the exposure device, and immediately used a hot plate equipped with a developing device (ACT12 manufactured by Tokyo Electron Limited), and baked at 110°C (post-exposure baking) for 60 seconds.
(顯影製程) 使用顯影裝置(Tokyo Electron Limited.製ACT12),一邊在50rpm下旋轉上述晶圓,一邊在上述晶圓上以200mL/分鐘的流量將表10中記載之顯影液(23℃)噴出10秒鐘以進行了顯影。(Development process) Using a developing device (ACT12 manufactured by Tokyo Electron Limited), while rotating the wafer at 50 rpm, the developer solution (23°C) described in Table 10 was sprayed on the wafer at a flow rate of 200 mL/min for 10 seconds. Developed.
(沖洗製程) 然後,一邊以50rpm旋轉上述晶圓,一邊在上述晶圓上以200mL/分鐘的流量將表10中記載之沖洗液(23℃)噴出5秒鐘以進行了沖洗處理。其中,比較例7中沒有實施沖洗處理。 最後,以2000rpm高速旋轉60秒鐘以使上述晶圓乾燥。(Flushing process) Then, while rotating the wafer at 50 rpm, the rinsing liquid (23° C.) described in Table 10 was sprayed on the wafer at a flow rate of 200 mL/min for 5 seconds to perform a rinsing process. Among them, in Comparative Example 7, no rinsing treatment was performed. Finally, the wafer was rotated at a high speed of 2000 rpm for 60 seconds to dry the wafer.
[表10]
<評價> 關於以下項目,進行了所獲得之圖案的評價。表11中示出結果的詳細內容。 表中的“靈敏度”欄中示出解析HP(半間距)28nm的點圖案時之照射能量(曝光量、單位:mJ/cm2 )。<Evaluation> The obtained pattern was evaluated for the following items. Table 11 shows the details of the results. The “sensitivity” column in the table shows the irradiation energy (exposure amount, unit: mJ/cm 2 ) when analyzing a dot pattern of HP (half pitch) 28 nm.
(製程餘量評價(解析性、解析幀數)) 使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(Hitachi, Ltd.製S-9380)觀察了所獲得之圖案。計數了上述點圖案無問題地解析之幀數(解析幀數;能夠無問題地解析之曝光量的數及焦點深度的數)。 藉由在上述(曝光)進行之曝光結果,將解析幀數最大的焦點下的解析幀數評價為曝光量方向上的解析幀數。 又,藉由在上述(曝光)進行之曝光結果,將解析幀數最大的曝光量下的解析幀數評價為焦點深度方向上的解析幀數。(Evaluation of process margin (analysis, analysis frame number)) The obtained pattern was observed using a scanning electron microscope (S-9380 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). The number of frames that the above-mentioned dot pattern can be analyzed without any problems (the number of analysis frames; the number of exposures and the number of focal depths that can be analyzed without problems) are counted. Based on the result of the exposure performed in the above (exposure), the number of analysis frames under the focus with the largest number of analysis frames is evaluated as the number of analysis frames in the exposure direction. In addition, based on the exposure results performed in the above (exposure), the number of analysis frames at the exposure with the largest number of analysis frames is evaluated as the number of analysis frames in the depth of focus direction.
(殘渣(殘渣抑制性)) 使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(Hitachi, Ltd.製S-9260)觀察上述晶圓的未曝光部分,並確認了是否存在殘渣。(Residue (residue inhibition)) A scanning electron microscope (S-9260 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) was used to observe the unexposed part of the wafer, and it was confirmed whether there was any residue.
[表11]
從上述評價結果確認到,使用了本發明的處理液之圖案形成方法能夠形成超微細尺寸的圖案,並且能夠較佳地使用。From the above evaluation results, it was confirmed that the pattern forming method using the treatment liquid of the present invention can form ultra-fine-sized patterns, and can be preferably used.
本發明的處理液不僅在作為上述記載之沖洗液的用途,而且在用作顯影液時,亦能夠兼顧解析性能的提高和殘渣抑制性。The treatment liquid of the present invention is not only used as the above-described rinse liquid, but also when used as a developer, it can achieve both improvement in analysis performance and residue suppression.
在實施例1中,即使將顯影液變更為S-13與S-1的3:2(體積比)來進行顯影,亦同樣可獲得圖案。In Example 1, even if the developer was changed to 3:2 (volume ratio) of S-13 and S-1 and developed, the pattern was similarly obtained.
無。without.
圖1係示出在實施例及比較例中所製作之圖案的一例之顯微鏡照片圖。Fig. 1 is a photomicrograph showing an example of patterns produced in Examples and Comparative Examples.
Claims (9)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2020026866 | 2020-02-20 | ||
JP2020-026866 | 2020-02-20 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW202136917A true TW202136917A (en) | 2021-10-01 |
Family
ID=77390954
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW110104871A TW202136917A (en) | 2020-02-20 | 2021-02-09 | Treatment solution, pattern-forming method |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP7465946B2 (en) |
TW (1) | TW202136917A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2021166600A1 (en) |
Family Cites Families (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP5619458B2 (en) * | 2010-03-31 | 2014-11-05 | Hoya株式会社 | Resist pattern forming method and mold manufacturing method |
JP5533821B2 (en) * | 2011-08-26 | 2014-06-25 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | Pattern forming method and resist composition |
KR102055153B1 (en) * | 2015-06-23 | 2019-12-12 | 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 | Developer, pattern formation method, and manufacturing method of electronic device |
JP6647311B2 (en) * | 2015-09-30 | 2020-02-14 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Treatment liquid and pattern forming method |
JP6858689B2 (en) * | 2016-11-07 | 2021-04-14 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Treatment liquid and pattern formation method |
-
2021
- 2021-01-29 JP JP2022501744A patent/JP7465946B2/en active Active
- 2021-01-29 WO PCT/JP2021/003324 patent/WO2021166600A1/en active Application Filing
- 2021-02-09 TW TW110104871A patent/TW202136917A/en unknown
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JPWO2021166600A1 (en) | 2021-08-26 |
JP7465946B2 (en) | 2024-04-11 |
WO2021166600A1 (en) | 2021-08-26 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TWI725162B (en) | Treatment liquid, its manufacturing method, pattern forming method and manufacturing method of electronic device | |
TWI749094B (en) | Treatment liquid and pattern forming method | |
JP6847123B2 (en) | Treatment liquid and pattern formation method | |
KR102604389B1 (en) | Treatment liquid for semiconductor production, method for producing same, pattern formation method, and method for producing electronic device | |
TWI714811B (en) | Treatment liquid and pattern forming method | |
TW201736386A (en) | Processing liquid, pattern forming method and method for manufacturing electronic device | |
JP7465946B2 (en) | Treatment liquid and pattern forming method | |
JP7544818B2 (en) | Rinse solution, pattern formation method | |
JP7376610B2 (en) | Processing liquid, pattern formation method | |
WO2021182182A1 (en) | Treatment liquid and pattern forming method | |
JP7242836B2 (en) | Treatment liquid, pattern forming method | |
TWI853907B (en) | Process liquid, and method for forming pattern | |
JP7292378B2 (en) | Treatment liquid, pattern forming method |